stratigraphy and paleontology of some miocene sediments in ...
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
3 -
download
0
Transcript of stratigraphy and paleontology of some miocene sediments in ...
Zagazig UniversityFaculty of scinsceDepartment of Geology
STRATIGRAPHY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF SOME MIOCENE SEDIMENTS IN THE
CAIRO-SUEZ DISTRICT, EGYPT.
A Thesis
By
Ahmed Eid Mowafi
( B.Sc. In Geology, 1986 )
Submitted In Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree of Master of Science in Geology
( 2006 )
Zagazig UniversityFaculty of scinsceDepartment of Geology
Title:
Author's name: Ahmed Eid Mowafi
Supervisors:1- Prof. Dr. Ezzat Abd-Elshafy
2- Prof. Dr. Abdelbaset El-Sorogy
3- Dr. Mohammed Abd-Elmoneim
STRATIGRAPHY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF SOME MIOCENE SEDIMENTS IN THE CAIRO-SUEZ
DISTRICT, EGYPT.
The present thesis is submitted to Faculty of Science , Zagazig University in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Scienece in Geology (Stratigraphy and paleontology).
Besides the research work carriedout in this thesis, the author attended 10 postgraduate courses for one academic year in thefollowing subjects:1- Field geology (Stratigraphy and Paleontology)2- Advanced stratigraphy3- Microfossils4- Stratigraphical paleontology5- Foraminifera and methods of correlation6- Geotectonic7- Geology of Egypt and the neighboring areas8- Macrofossils9- Paleoecology10- Palynology and Facies
He has passed successfully the final examination in these courses, besides German language courses, held in November, 1995.
NOTE
Prof. Dr. Ezzat Abd-Elshafi
Head of Geology Department
- I -
Faculty of ScienceZagazig University
In the first place, parise to ALLAH, by whose gase this work has been completed.
I would like to convey my sincere thanks and extreme appreciationto Prof. Dr. E. Abd-Elshafi, Head of Geology Department, Faculty of Science, Zagazig university, Prof. Dr. A. El-Sorogy, Zagazig University, and Dr. M. Abd-Elmoneim, Zagazig University for their supervision, guidance of my research and advises throughout the course of the study.
The author is grateful to Prof. Dr. A. Ziko and Prof. Dr. M.H. Metwally, Zagazig University, Faculty of Science for their great support.
I wish to express my deep gratitude and appreciation to all scientific and technical personnel and workers of the Geology Department, Faculty of Science, Zagazig University for their cooperation.
I would like to express my deep thanks for my family (father, mother, brothers, my wife and my daughter Salwa) for their encouragement and help.
- II -ACKNOLWEDGEMENTS
Ahmed Eid Mowafi
The transgressive-regressive Miocene succession exposed at Gabal Geneifa, Gabal Gharra and Gabal Homeira in the Cairo-Suez District is unconformably underlain and overlain by continental sediments of Oligocene and Post Miocene ( ? ) respectively. It could be differentiated into two rock units, Gharra Formation at the base and Genefe Formation at the top.
Sixty two macrofossil species (40 bivalves, 16 gastropods and 6 echinoids) have been described, identified and photographed. They belong to 34 genera and 26 families. Their paleogeographic and biogeographic distribution of the majority indicated Atlantic-Mediterranean affinity with the Indo-Pacific one in few. The study of 49 thin sections leads to identification of ten microfacies types for limestones and five types for sandstone and shale.
The studied Miocene sequence in the study areas was divided into two sedimentary facies: the lower one is a clastic-dominated facies which represents the Gharra Formation of Burdigalian age, while the upper one is a carbonate-dominated facies which represents the Genefe Formation of Langhian - Serravallian age.
Based on the abundance of the macro-invertebrate fauna especiallybivalves, gastropods and echinoids with some foraminifera, six biozones have been recorded, they are from younger to older : Chlamys(Argopecten) submalvinae zone, Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa zone, Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone, Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis zone, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae zone and Chlamys gentoni zone.
Based on t he microfacies associations, sedimentary structures and fossil content; the studied Miocene succession was deposited in an environment ranged from tidal flat, typical reef flank to shelf lagoon with open circulation.
- III -ABSTRACT
NOTE ………………………… IACKNOLWEDGEMENTS ………………………… IIABSTRACT ………………………… IIICONTENTS ………………………… IVLIST OF FIGURES ………………………… VIIILIST OF TABLES ………………………… IX
Chapter I: Introduction ………………………… 1I.1 Aim of study ………………………… 1I.2 Previous work ………………………… 1
Chapter II: Lithologies of the studied sections 14II.1 Introduction ………………………… 14II.2 Studied sections ………………………… 14
II.2.1 Gabal Geneifa section ………………………… 14II.2.2 Gabal Gharra section ………………………… 24II.2.3 Gabal Homeira section ………………………… 36
Chapter III: Stratigraphy ………………………… 48III.1 Lithostratigraphy ………………………… 48
III.1.1 Introduction ………………………… 48III.1.2 Studied sections ………………………… 49
III.1.2.1 Gharra Formation …………………….. 49III.1.2.2 Genefe Formation …………………….. 53
III.2 Biostratigraphy ………………………… 57III.3 Chronostratigraphy ………………………… 69
Chapter IV: Systematic Paleontology ………………… 74IV.1 Introduction ………………… 74IV.2 Systematic description ………………… 74
IV.2.1 Phylum Mollusca ………………… 74 - Class Bivalvia ………………… 74
- Family Arcidae ………………… 74 - Genus Arca ………………… 74
- IV - CONTENTS
- Family Isognomonidae ………………… 75 - Genus Isognomon ………………… 75
- Family Pectinidae ………………… 76 - Genus Chlamys ………………… 76 - Genus Pecten ………………… 89
- Family Anomiidae ………………… 105 - Genus Anomia ………………… 105
- Family Ostreidae ………………… 107 - Genus Crassostrea ………………… 107 - Genus Alectryonella ………………… 108
- Family Lucinidae ………………… 111 - Genus Lucina ………………… 111 - Genus Linga ………………… 112
- Family Ungulinidae ………………… 113 - Genus Diplodonta ………………… 113
- Family Cardiidae ………………… 113 - Genus Cardium ………………… 113 - Genus Acanthocardia ………………… 114
- Family Mactridae ………………… 115 - Genus Lutraria ………………… 115
- Family Tellinidae ………………… 116 - Genus Gastrana ………………… 116
- Family Psammobiidae ………………… 117 - Genus Gari ………………… 117
- Family Solecurtidae ………………… 118 - Genus Azorinus ………………… 118
- Family Veneridae ………………… 118 - Genus Paphia ………………… 118 - Genus Clementia ………………… 120 - Genus Callista ………………… 120
- Family Clavagellidae ………………… 121 - Genus Clavagella ………………… 121
- Class Gastropoda ………………… 122 - Family Ampullariidae ………………… 122
- Genus Lanistes ………………… 122
- V -
- Family Turritellidae ………………… 123 - Genus Turritella ………………… 123
- Family Cypreadae ………………… 125 - Genus Luria ………………… 125
- Family Naticidae ………………… 126 - Genus Ampullina ………………… 126 - Genus Natica ………………… 127
- Family Bursidae ………………… 129 - Genus Bursa ………………… 129
- Family Ficidae ………………… 129 - Genus Ficus ………………… 129
- Family Olividae ………………… 131 - Genus Oliva ………………… 131
- Family Conidae ………………… 131 - Genus Conus ………………… 132
- Family Planorbidae ………………… 134 - Genus Planorbis ………………… 134
IV.2.2 Phylum Echinodermata ………………… 135 - Class Echinoidea ………………… 135
- Family Clypeasteridae ………………… 135 - Genus Clypeaster ………………… 135
- Family Scutellidae ………………… 137 - Genus Scutella ………………… 137 - Genus Parascutella ………………… 138
- Family Echinolampadidae ………………… 139 - Genus Echinolampas ………………… 139
Chapter V: Microfacies and Depositional Environments 144V.1 Microfacies ……………………………. 144
V.1.1 Limestone group ……………………………. 144V.1.1.1 Wackestone ……………………………. 145
V.1.1.1.1 Sandy dolomitic wackestone ……. 145V.1.1.1.2 Algal wackestone ……………. 147
V.1.1.2 packstone ……………. 149V.1.1.2.1 Sandy bioclasts packstone ……. 149
- VI -
V.1.1.2.2 Sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone 151V.1.1.2.3 Sandy echinoidal packstone ……. 154
V.1.1.3 Grainstone ……………. 156V.1.1.3.1 Sandy fossiliferous grainstone ……. 156V.1.1.3.2 Sandy echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone 159V.1.1.3.3 Sandy algal grainstone ………… 161V.1.1.3.4 Sandy molluscan grainstone ……. 163
V.1.1.4 Framestone ………… 165V.1.1.4.1 Coralline framestone ………… 165
V.1.2 Clastic group ………… 168V.1.2.1 Calcareous quartz arenite ………… 168V.1.2.2 Dolomitic calcareous quartz arenite ……. 169V.1.2.3 Calcareous fossiliferous quartz arenite 170V.1.2.4 Calcareous ferrugineous quartz arenite 171V.1.2.5 Sandy-silty shale ……………………. 173
V.2 Depositional environments ……………………. 174V.2.1 Clastic-dominated facies ……………………. 175V.2.2 Carbonate-dominated facies …………………. 176
Chapter VI: Summary and Conclusions ………… 177VI.1 Stratigraphy ………… 177VI.2 Systematic paleontology and biohorizones ………… 178VI.3 Microfacies and depositional environment ………… 179
References ………………………………………… 182PlatesArabic Summary
- VII -
Fig. 1: Location map of the studied sections. 3Fig. 2: Panoramic view of Gabal Geneifa. 15Fig. 3: The succession of shale, gravelly sandstone and
calcareous sandstone of the lowermost part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Geneifa section. 16
Fig. 4: The macrofauna (oysters) embedded in the limestone, middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Geneifa section. 17
Fig. 5: General view of the fossiliferous sandy limestone, middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Geneifa section. 18
Fig. 6: The highly fossiliferous sandy limestone, lower part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Geneifa section. 19
Fig. 7: Succession of silty calcareous claystone, fossiliferous sandy marl and fossiliferous limestone; middle part of Genefe Formation; Gabal Geneifa section. 21
Fig. 8: The argillaceous limestone of the upper part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Geneifa section. It represents the uppermost part of the Miocene succession in Geneifa area. 22
Fig. 9: Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene rocks at Gabal Geneifa section. 23
Fig. 10: Panoramic view of Gabal Gharra. 24Fig. 11: The Oligocene conglomerate band under the Miocene
succession in a mine at the root of Gabal Gharra. 25Fig. 12: The ferruginous sandstone in the lower part of Gharra
Formation, Gabal Gharra section. 26Fig. 13: Broken parts of Scutella ammonis on the surface of
limestone in the middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Gharra section. 27
Fig. 14: Band of large-sized pectinides in the limestone of the middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Gharra section. 28
Fig. 15: The upper part of Gharra Formation underlying the lower part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section. 30
Fig. 16: The lower part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section, (A Bed crowded with fauna specially oysters and pectinids) 31
LIST OF FIGURES- VIII -
Fig. 17: Part of the coral reef band in the lower part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section. 31
Fig. 18: Oysters and pectinids are embedded in the limestone of the middle part of Genefe Formation. 32
Fig. 19: The chalky limestone of the upper part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section. 33
Fig. 20: The uppermost part of Genefe Formation which is the uppermost part of the Miocene succession in Gabal Gharra section. 34
Fig. 21: General view of the Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section. 34
Fig. 22: Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene rocks at Gabal Gharra. 35
Fig. 23: Panoramic view for Gabal Homeira. 36Fig. 24: Clastics of the lowermost part of Gabal Gharra
Formation, Gabal Homeira section. 37Fig. 25: The sandy marl in the lower part of Gharra Formation,
Gabal Homeira section. 38Fig. 26: Pectinids and oysters are embedded in the limestone of
the middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Homeira Section. 39
Fig. 27: Limestone of the upper part of the Gharra Formation underlained with clay, Gabal Homeira section. 41
Fig. 28: Oysters are embedded in the limestone of the lowermost part of the Genefe Formation, Gabal Homeira section. 42
Fig. 29: A general view for the marl oyster bank of the middle part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Homeira section. 43
Fig. 30: A close view for the marl oyster bank of the middle part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Homeira section. 45
Fig. 31: The fossiliferous limestone of the uppermost part of the Genefe Formation, Gabal Homeira section which represent the uppermost part of the Homeira Miocene succession. 45
Fig. 32: Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene rocks at Gabal Homeira. 46
Fig. 33: Lithostratigraphic correlation chart for the three studied
- IX -
sections at Gabal Geneifa, Gabal Gharra and Gabal Homeira. 47
Fig. 34: Biostratigraphic chart of Gabal Geneifa section 66Fig. 35: Biostratigraphic chart of Gabal Gharra section 67Fig. 36: Biostratigraphic chart of Gabal Homeira section 68Figs. 37a, b: Sandy dolomitic wackestone. 146Figs. 38a, b, c: Algal wackestone. 147-148Figs. 39a, b, c: Sandy bioclasts packstone. 150-151Figs. 40a, b, c, d: Sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone. 152-154Figs. 41a, b: Sandy echinoidal packstone. 155Figs. 42a, b, c, d: Sandy fossiliferous grainstone. 157-158Figs. 43a, b: Sandy echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone. 160Figs. 44a, b, c, d: Sandy algal grainstone. 161-163Figs. 45a, b: Sandy molluscan grainstone. 164Figs. 46a, b, c, d: Coralline framestone. 166-167Figs. 47a, b: Calcareous quartz arenite 168-169Fig. 48: Dolomitic calcareous quartz arenite 170Fig. 49: Calcareous fossiliferous quartz arenite. 171Fig. 50a, b: Calcareous ferruginous quartz arenite. 172Fig. 51a, b: Sandy-silty ferruginous shale. 173-174
- X -
Table 1: Different rock units proposed by different authors for the Miocene rocks in the Cairo-Suez District. 13
Table 2: The ages assigned by previous authors to the recrded fauna in some parts of the world. 143
LIST OF TABLES - XI -
1 Chapter I Introduction
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION
I.1 Aim of study:
The main objectives of the present work is planned to study the
stratigraphy of the Miocene sediments exposed at the main exposures
lying in the eastren part of Cairo-Suez district to correlate them and
configurate the main lithologic, biostratigraphic and paleoenvironmental
characteristics of the Miocene sequence in this area since the previous
studies had dealt with separate exposures. This study includes the
lithologies, rock units, macrofauna, biostratigraphy, microfacies and
environmental analysis. The material of the study have been collected
from Geneifa, Gharra and Homeira sections (Fig. 1). The studied sections
were carefully examined, sampled and described from the lithologic and
macrofaunistic point of view.
I.2 Previous work:
The Cairo–Suez area lies East of Cairo and extends about 120 km to
the city of Suez. It lies between Latitudes 29 55´ - 30 20´ N and 31 15´
- 32 35´ E (fig. 1). The topography of the area is largely controlled by its
structure and the relief is generally low except for few hills and small
mountains. Topographically, the area is subdivided into three ridges
crossing the district in a more or less E–W alignment; between these
ridges there are two depressions. The Cairo–Suez asphaltic road passes
through the southern one. Gabal Ataqa, Gabal Abou Treifiya, Gabal
Qattamiya, Gabal Anqabiaya, Gabal Nasuri and Gabal Mokattam form an
elongated ridge running parallel to Cairo–Suez high way depression from
2 Chapter I Introduction
East to West and to the South of it (Abou Khadrah et al. 1993). The oldest
exposed rocks in the area are of Early Cretaceous age while the youngest
rocks are of Quaternary age of synrift sedimentary sequence (Bruce and
Hotzl, 1988). The Miocene rocks of the Cairo–Suez area were the subject
of many studies since the last quarter of the 19th century. The majority of
these studies dealt with parts of the district (Table 1).
Fuchs (1883) studied the faunal assemblages of the Miocene
exposures at Gabal Geneifa and Siwa Oasis and found that both localities
belong to the same "horizon" and assigned them to the lower part of the
Middle Miocene.
Depéret and Fourtau (1900) differentiated the Neogene of Lower
Egypt as well as the Isthmus of Suez into the following stages:
- Burdigalian Stage: Consists of sandstones with distinctly Late
Burdigalian fauna similar to those of Rhone Valley, Corsica and Algeria.
- Vindobonian Stage (Helvetian-Tortonian): Consists of marls and
limestones with pectinids and numerous echinoids and one coral bank.
They attributed the marls to the "Schlier" of Austria and the coral bank to
the Helvetian of Barcelona and Algeria. Contrary to this opinion,
Blanckenhorn (1901) regarded all the Egyptian Miocene occurrences as
Middle Miocene sediments including those studied by Depéret and
Fourtau (1900). But Lower Miocene rocks were recorded at the base of
Gabal Geneifa followed by a Middle Miocene sequence by Barron
(1907a).
4 Chapter I Introduction
Fourtau (1916 and 1920) referred to the presence of two Neogene
depositional basins during the Miocene: the more littoral "Marmarica
Gulf" comprising the Western Desert; and the "Egyptian Gulf" including
the Cairo–Suez district and the Gulf of Suez to the latitude 27 N. He
correlated the Neogene echinoids of Egypt with those of other localities in
the Western Mediterranean and found that the half of these species are
restricted to Egypt while the others are known in France, Italy, Sardinia,
Malta, Algeria and Corsica. In addition, he recorded four species of Indo-
Pacific affinity from the passage beds between the Burdigalian and
Vindobonian of the "Egyptian Gulf".
Shukri and Akmal (1953) divided the Miocene succession of Gabal
Nasuri-Gabal Anqabia area into a lower marine unit followed by a non-
marine unit. The later replaces the unfossiliferous sands and gravels of
doubtful age of Barron (1907a), while the marine unit consists of highly
fossiliferous sandstones clays and limestones. The same succession was
described by Shukri and Ayouti (1956) at Gabal Iweibid where they
recorded silicified wood of small size with chips of Scutella spp. in the
sands and gravels of the non-marine unit.
Sadek (1959) mentioned that the Miocene rocks outcrop at several
points in the central part of the area between the Suez Canal and Gabal
Ataqa and Geneifa. He assigned the basal beds of Gabal Geneifa to the
Late Burdigalian and the overlying limestone beds with Lithothamnium
and Heterostegina to the Vindobonian, and correlated these beds with the
Heterostegina beds of Malta and the Tortonian Leithakalk of Vienna
Basin. Also, he mentioned that Gabal Geneifa itself is a plateau of Eocene
Limestone rising to 260m above sea level and ending by vertical scarp to
5 Chapter I Introduction
the East, at the foot of which there are ridges of Miocene limestones
which with the exposures of Miocene rocks at Kabrit and Shalluffa, form
an important succession. The strata extend as a band, averaging two
kilometers wide, reaching from Wadi Abu Hassa South of Gabal Geneifa
for about 8 kilometers northwards along the foot of the Geneifa Eocene
scarp. They are mainly composed of light-colored limestones, forming a
line of low scarps averaging 30 to 60m above the plain to the East, which
faulted against the Eocene Limestones which forming the main Geneifa
cliff. Below these light-colored limestones, there are soft marls and shales
which extend to the East for a short distance before they are covered by
the alluvial deposits of the plain.
Said (1962a) followed Shukri and Akmal (1953) and Shukri and
Ayouti (1956) in dividing the Miocene rocks of the Cairo–Suez district
into marine and non-marine units. He divided the former into a more
sandy part followed by another calcareous one, and correlated them with
the Moghra and Marmarica formations in the North Western Desert,
respectively. Also, he correlated the non-marine unit with the evaporites
of the Gulf of Suez region. (Table 1).
Said and Metwalli (1963) identified 65 Miocene foraminiferal
species from Wadi El-Ful, El-Gafra, Dar El-Beida and El-Rebeiki in the
Cairo–Suez district. Metwalli (1963) divided the marine Miocene of the
Cairo–Suez district into two informal units:
- Unit I comprises the lower sandy part with rich assemblage of macro-
and microfauna of Burdigalian age.
- Unit II represents the calcareous part containing a faunal assemblage of
Middle Miocene (Helvetian) age.
6 Chapter I Introduction
The first formal classification of Miocene rocks of Cairo–Sukhna
area was proposed by Ghorab and Marzouk (1965). They subdivided these
rocks into the marine Gharra Formation which represents the marine
Lower Miocene unit, and includes the Sukhna, Reishi, Abbasia, Gafra and
Genefe members; and the Upper Miocene unit, Iweibid Formation, which
represents the non-marine sediments and includes El-Hamza and El-
Bahhara members.
Hamam (1966) divided the Miocene deposits of the Agrud area,
northwest of Suez, into three informal units (Table 1):
- The Burdigalian rock units I & II.
- The Helvetian rock unit III.
This author correlated these units with the other Burdigalian and
Helvetian units in the Cairo–Suez district and North Western Desert, and
concluded that the Miocene transgression was from the East (from the
Gulf of Suez). He recognized the Burdigalian Operculina complanata
zone and the Helvetian Heterostegina costata costata zone and correlated
them with those established in Gabal Gharra by Souaya (1963).
Farag and Sadek (1966) subdivided the Miocene rocks in Gabal
Homeira area into marine and non-marine units. The former includes the
Burdigalian and Helvetian fossiliferous sediments, while the non-marine
unit consists of unfossiliferous fluviatile sediments of Late Miocene age.
They correlated the marine Miocene with the Lower and Middle Series of
Gabal Ataqa, and non-marine sediments with the upper Series South of
Gabal Ataqa as well as the non-marine units of Gabal Iweibid and Gabal
Nasuri – Gabal Anqabia area.
7 Chapter I Introduction
Abdallah and Abd El-Hady (1966) subdivided the Miocene rocks in
the Sadat area into three formal units:
1- The Sadat Formation (Late Burdigalian), represents the Lower
Miocene sediments.
2- The Hommath Formation (Vindobonian), represents the Middle
Miocene, unconformably overlies the Sadat Formation.
3- The Hagul Formation (Late Miocene), unconformably overlies the
Hommath Formation.
They mentioned that the Sadat Formation was deposited under
shallow marine, warm water conditions, while the presence of salt and
gypsum within the Hommath Formation led them to consider more or less
sheltered lagoonal conditions were favourable for depositing this
formation, and they proposed that the Hagul Formation was deposited in a
shallow marine environment.
Barakat and Aboul Ela (1970) analyzed the microfacies of the
Miocene rocks exposed at Gabal Geneifa area and found that the Lower
Miocene (Burdigalian) is represented by shallow marine sediments with
reefal forms (inner neritic to reefal environment) while shallow agitated
marine of reefal environment prevailed during the Middle Miocene
(Vindobonian). They mentioned that the continental conditions prevailed
during the Late Miocene led to the deposition of fluviatile sediments.
Said (1971) used the term Gharra Formation to replace the unit I of
Metwalli (1963). It unconformably overlies the Abu Zabaal basalt and
unconformably underlies solid marine limestone (unit II of Metwally).
The Stratigraphic Sub-Committee (1974) modified the classification
of Abdallah and Abd El-Hady (1966) for the Miocene rocks at the Sadat
8 Chapter I Introduction
area and applied it for the whole Cairo-Sukhna area, where the marine
Miocene was represented by the Lower Miocene Sadat Formation
followed unconformably by the Middle Miocene Hommath and Genefe
formations. On the other hand, the non-marine sediments were represented
by the Upper Miocene Hagul Formation. The Hommath Formation was
subdivided into three informal units which are in ascending order: Reishi,
Abbasia and Gafra members.
In his monograph on the marine gastropods in the Cairo – Suez
district, Abbass (1977) identified 97 new species. He utilized the
following classification for Gharra Formation:
4- Genefe Chalky Limestone Member (Vindobonian).
3- Hommath Sandy Limestone Member (Upper Burdigalian-Karpatian).
2- Sadat Reefal Limestone Member (Burdigalian-Helvetian).
1- Agrud Sandstone Member (Aquitanian-Burdigalian).
El-Heiny (1982) referred the Sadat Formation to the Burdigalian
due to the presence of Miogypsina globulina, M. intermedia and
Heterostegina heterostegina and suggested a Late Burdigalian age to the
lower part of the Hommath-Genefe sequence as it yields Miogypsina
cushmani. On the other hand, he referred the upper part of this sequence
with Neoalveolina melo to the Vindobonian and proposed a Messinian age
to the Hagul Formation.
Abd El-Wahab and El-Belassy (1987) recorded Lower and Middle
Miocene rocks in the area of Gabal El-Hamza–Gabal Um Qamar, Cairo–
Suez district. They suggested a Burdigalian age to the former as it
contains Operculina complanata and correlated it with those of Gabal
Homeira and Gabal Gharra. They referred the Middle Miocene rocks in
9 Chapter I Introduction
these areas to the Vindobonian and correlated them with those of Gabal
Geneifa and Gabal Um Raqm.
Szczechurar and Abd-Elshafy (1988) presented the first study
concerning the Miocene ostracods of the area between Gabal Ataqa and
Northern Galala plateau. Also, they studied the foraminiferal association
for the age assignment and paleoecologic interpretation. The study was
carried out on two sections to the North of Bir Bada both belong to the
Hommath Formation. They referred the formation to the Middle Miocene,
but with histation, and did not accept the Tortonian age proposed by
Youssef et al. (1971) for this formation. Among the foraminiferal
assemblages, they recorded Mississippina neagui Popescu which seems to
be restricted (at least outside Egypt) to the Middle Miocene. They
mentioned that the two sections were laid down in shallow water,
pericostal but normal marine environment.
Said (1990) utilized the Gharra Formation to represent the Lower
Miocene deposits in the Cairo – Suez district. He referred it to the
Aquitanian-Burdigalian age and referred the unconformably overlying
Genefe Formation to the Middle Miocene (Langhian). On the other hand,
this author suggested the Late Pliocene age for the Hagul Formation and
the overlying Hamzi Formation.
Abd-Elshafy and Abd-Elmoneim (1992) differentiated the Miocene
rocks exposed in the area between Gabal Ataqa and Northern Galala
Plateau into four formations; The Sadat, Hommath, Hagul and Ghweibba
formations. They followed the opinion of Abdallah and Abd El-Hady
(1966) for the Sadat and Hommath formations. They restricted the name
Hagul Formation to the lower clastic rocks exposed in its type section
10 Chapter I Introduction
under the uppermost limestone bed, and they introduced Ghweibba
Formation to represent the limestone succession overlying the clastics of
the Hagul Formation. These authors assigned the Sadat Formation to the
Upper Burdigalian–Langhian, the Hommath Formation to the Serravalian
and the Hagul and Ghweibba Formations to the Tortonian.
Abd-Elmoneim (1992) studied the stratigraphy of the Miocene
rocks in the area between Gabal Ataqa and Northern Galala plateau and
followed the classification of Abd-Elshafy and Abd-Elmoneim (1992), he
recorded 93 species and subspecies belonging to the Rhodophycophyta,
Foraminifera, Chilostomata, Bivalvia, Gastropoda and Echinodermata.
Depending on this fossil association, this author presented the first
biostratigraphical study for the Miocene rocks of that area. He recognized
10 biozones, the lower five biozones are recorded in the Sadat Formation,
they run from top to base as follows:
5- Lithothamnium sp acme zone.
4- Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis – Psammechinus aegyptiacus
assemblage zone.
3- Pecten (Flabellipecten) schweinfurthi range zone.
2- Pecten (Pecten) fraasi range zone.
1- Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae range zone.
The upper five biozones are recorded in the Hommath Formation,
they run from top to base as follows:
5- Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi zone.
4- Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone.
3- Placuna (Indoplacuna) miocenica zone.
2- Crassostrea crassissima zone.
11 Chapter I Introduction
1- Amphiope arcuata fuchsi zone.
Hamza (1992) introduced a biostratigraphical study of the Neogene
in the eastren part of Egypt and defined four biohorizones. This auther
followed the classification of Abdallah and Abd El-Hady (1966) which
was modified by the Stratigraphic Sub-Committee (1974) for the Miocene
of Cairo-Suhkna District. From top to base these biozones are:
4- Chlamys submalvinae – Pycnodonte virleti biohorizon.
3- Pecten josslingi biohorizon.
2- Flabellipecten burdigalensis – Pecten ziziniae biohorizon.
1- Crassostrea duvergieri – Cubitostrea digitalina biohorizon.
Abou Khadrah et al. (1993) studied the facies development and the
sedimentary structures of synrift sediments in the Cairo–Suez district by
means of six stratigraphic sections (Tower-3, El-Hamza, 10th of Ramadan,
El-Gafra, Homeira and Geneifa). They concluded that the Oligocene and
Miocene sequences comprise the Gabal Ahmar and Qatrani formations
(Oligocene sequences) followed by Sadat and Hagul formations (Miocene
sequences). They defined four distinctive facies recognized as:
4- Non-Marine Miocene facies.
3- Marine Middle Miocene facies.
2- Marine Lower Miocene facies.
1- Sand and gravel facies (Oligocene).
El-Sorogy and Ziko (1999) referred that the marine Miocene
sequence in Wadi Hagul is classified into two rock units, from base to top
as follows:
12 Chapter I Introduction
1-Sadat Formation (Abdallah and Abd El-Hady, 1966): It is of Late
Burdigalian to Early Langhian age, mainly composed of white, pale
yellow, coralline limestone, part siliceous at the base, with few marl
interbeds. The Sadat Formation unconformably overlies the coarse clastics
of the Upper Eocene and represents the oldest Miocene unit in the area.
2-Hommath Formation (Abdallah and Abd El-Hady, 1966): It is of Late
Langhian-Serravalian age, overlies conformably the Sadat Formation, and
is mainly composed of limestone, yellow friable sandstone, yellowish
brown sandy marl, with interbeds of calcareous grits in the lower part.
El Safori and El-Sorogy (1999) identified 26 bryozoan species from
the Miocene of Gabal Gharra. They used Gharra Formation of Ghourab
and Marzouk (1965) and gave it an Early Miocene age.
El Shazly and Saber (1999) studied the facies and
macropaleontology of the Marine Miocene sediments at Gabal Homeira
and divided it into two formations, the lower Gharra Formation represents
the Lower Miocene and the upper Genefe Formation represents the
Middle Miocene.
Elattar (2003) studied the echinoids of the Sadat Formation. This
auther followed the classification of Abdallah and Abd El-Hady (1966)
and assigned the Sadat Formation to Burdigalian – Langhian age.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
14
CHAPTER II
LITHOLOGIES OF THE STUDIED MIOCENE SECTIONS
II.1 INTRODUCTION:
Three stratigraphic sections have been chosen to fullfill the aim of
the present study. These are Gabal Geneifa, Gabal Gharra and Gabal
Homeira sections (Fig. 1). They are measured and sampled carefully and
the collected samples were described in detail in the field and subjected
to different laboratory techniques according to their lithological nature.
Among these, the insoluble residue for the main clastic/non-clastic
nature and microfacies examinations through thin sections for the
lithologic constituents were carried out. The fossil contents were
compiled from collecting the macrofossils and picking of the
microfossils in both field and laboratory.
II.2 STUDIED SECTIONS:
II.2.1 Gabal Geneifa section:
This section is encountered between the Eocene limestone of
Gabal Geneifa to the West and Suez - Port Said asphaltic road to the
East (Fig. 2). It extends between longitudes 32 20 30 and 32 22 30
E, and latitudes 30 12 20 and 30 13 20 N. The base of the
succession is unexposed. The scarp of Geneifa gets gradually lower and
lower southwards, finally going to the earth at a point where a wadi is
draining in the area between Geneifa and Ataqa breaks. To the South of
Geneifa succession, the surface of this un-named wadi is a flat plain,
covered by alluvial gravels which extends to the foot of the high
escarpment of Gabal Ataqa. At the foot of Gabal Ataqa escarpment, the
Miocene rocks are seen occupying small patches exposed in the sides of
some of the deep wadis. The lowermost rock samples of this section are
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
15
available to be collected from a mine near the asphaltic road, South of
Geneifa town. The succession measures a total thickness of 97.1m and
runs from base to top as follow :
Fig. 2: Panoramic view for Gabal Geneifa from the eastern side.
1- Shale: Gray, brownish gray to yellowish gray; moderately compact;
thinly laminated, jointed, unfossiliferous, ferruginous, gypsiferous, with
gypsum bands and veins (thickness up to 2cm); very slightly calcareous;
dipping to the West (20-30 deg.); silty, its base is unexposed and the
exposed part measures 25m.
2- Conglomeratic sandstone: Yellow to yellowish brown; medium to
coarse quartz grains, occasionally very coarse grained, sometimes fine
grained; subangular to subrounded; poorly sorted; semi-friable to
moderately compact; unfossiliferous. Pebbles and cobbles constitute
about 20-30% of the sample. This bed represents period of unconformity
between the underlying and the overlying beds. Its thickness is 0.5m.
3- Calcareous sandstone: Yellowish brown; fine to medium quartz
grains; subrounded to subangular; moderately sorted; semi-friable to
moderately compact; with few fresh feldspar minerals (plagioclase);
fossiliferous with shell fragments of bivalvia. The calcareous matter is
Part of the Miocene deposits in Geneifa area
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
16
calcite, represents the cement among the quartz grains. Its thickness is
1.6m.
Fig. 3: Sandstone of the lowermost part of Gharra Formation, Gabal
Geneifa section. The succession of the three beds: upper part of bed no.
1, bed no. 2 and bed no. 3.
4- Calcareous sandstone: Brown to yellowish brown, occasionally
brownish gray; fine to coarse quartz grains; subrounded to subangular;
poorly to ill-sorted; moderately compact to semi-friable; rarely
fossiliferous; ferruginous. The calcareous matter is calcite, represents the
cement among the quartz grains. The macrofauna are represented by
shell fragments of bivalvia. Its thickness is 12m.
5- Fossiliferous sandy limestone: Brownish white to white, occasionally
yellowish white; compact; massive; jointed; slightly argillaceous. Sand
grains are fine to medium quartz grains and angular to subrounded. It is
Bed no. 3
Bed no. 2
Bed no. 1
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
17
highly fossiliferous yielding many fossil species, including bivalvia as
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella
plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti Deshayes, Azorinus sp., Isognomon sp.,
Chlamys gentoni Fontannes; gastropod molds; echinoids as
Echinolampas amplus Fuchs, Clypeaster sp., Scutella sp. and others;
numerous Balanus concavus (Bronn.); red algae as Lithothamnium sp.;
Holoporella sp.; corals (small heads, sometimes dissolved and leaving
only their molds). The main foraminiferal species in this bed are
Operculina sp., Amphistegina sp. and Heterostegina sp. Its thickness is
7.5m.
Fig. 4: The macrofauna (oysters ) are embedded in the limestone and not
easy to be collected, middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Geneifa
section, bed no. 5.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
18
Fig. 5: General view of the fossiliferous sandy limestone, middle part of
Gharra Formation, Gabal Geneifa section, bed no. 5.
6- Fossiliferous limestone: Brownish white to yellowish white; highly
compact; fractured; dolomitic. The limestone is composed of
cryptocrystalline calcite, and the dolomite is composed of micro to fine
euhedral crystals. It yields Holoporella sp.; foraminifers as Operculina
complanata (Defrance), Amphistegina sp., Miogypsinids and other
foraminifers; echinoid fragments (plates and spines); molluscan
fragments. Its thickness is 1.5m.
7- Silty claystone: Brown to dark brown and yellowish brown;
moderately compact; laminated; gypsiferous; ferruginous;
unfossiliferous; very slightly calcareous. Silt represents 30-40% and
composed of quartz grains. Its thickness is 14.5m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
19
8- Dolomitic argillaceous sandstone: Yellowish white to white and
yellow; compact; fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to rounded;
moderately sorted; with dolostone lenses of micro to fine subhedral
crystals, sometimes associated with grains of ferruginous materials;
poorly fossiliferous, represented by some molluscan fragments. Its
thickness is 3.5m.
Fig. 6: The highly fossiliferous sandy limestone, lower part of Genefe
Formation, Gabal Geneifa section, bed no. 9.
9- Highly fossiliferous sandy limestone: Grayish white to yellowish
white, brownish gray in parts; moderately compact; slightly argillaceous.
The calcareous matter is composed of cryptocrystalline calcite. The sand
content is made up of fine to medium quartz grains, subrounded to
subangular. It yields bivalvia as Chlamys radians (Nyst), Chlamys
(Chlamys) costai (Fontannes), Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis
(Sowerby), Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, Pecten (Pecten)
fraasi Fuchs, Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs;
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
20
gastropods as Natica sp. Abbass, Ampullina (Pseudamaura) macfaydeni
Abbass; regular echinoids; bryozoans as Retepora sp., Holoporella sp.;
foraminifers as Amphistegina sp., Miogypsina intermedia Drooger,
Operculina sp. and other foraminifers. Its thickness is 5m.
10- Silty calcareous claystone: Greenish gray to brownish gray; soft to
moderately compact; highly gypsiferous; ferruginous; unfossiliferous.
Silt is composed of medium quartz grains. The calcareous matter are
composed of crypto to micro crystalline calcite. Its thickness is 1.5m.
11- Fossiliferous sandy marl: Brownish white to yellowish white; soft to
moderately compact; calcareous matter are composed of crypto to micro
crystalline calcite; sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains,
subrounded to subangular. It bears bivalvia as Pecten (Pecten) cristato-
costatus Sacco, Pecten (Pecten) fraasi Fuchs, Chlamys (Argopecten)
macrotis (Sowerby), Chlamys (Chlamys) costai (Fontannes), Chlamys
radians (Nyst); echinoidal and molluscan fragments; Holoporella sp.
The microfossils are represented by Operculina complanata (Defrance),
Miogypsina intermedia Drooger. Also, it yields algae as Lithothamnium
sp. and Lithophyllum sp. Its thickness is 1m.
12- Fossiliferous Limestone: Yellowish brown to brown; compact;
massive; argillaceous; fossiliferous; calcareous matter are micro to
cryptocrystalline calcite; slightly ferruginous in the upper part. It
contains Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa Ugolini, Clypeaster
intermedius Desmoulins; echinoidal, molluscan and bryozoans
fragments. The microfossils include algal fragments as Lithothamnium
sp. and Lithophyllum sp.; foraminifers as Operculina complanata
(Defrance), Miogypsina intermedia Drooger, Amphistegina sp. and other
foraminifers. Its thickness is 1.5m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
21
Fig. 7: Succession of silty calcareous claystone, fossiliferous sandy marl
and fossiliferous limestone; middle part of Genefe Formation; Gabal
Geneifa section. The succession of the four beds: 10, 11, 12 and 13.
13- Fossiliferous limestone: White to yellowish white grading upwards
into yellow; moderately compact to compact; massive; calcareous matter
are crypto to microcrystalline calcite; slightly argillaceous; with some
gypsum veins; fossiliferous to highly fossiliferous at the upper part,
sandy in the lower part. Sand grains are medium to fine quartz grains;
subrounded to subangular. It bears bivalvia as large sized oysters, single
and double-valved, not easy to be collected as Alectryonella plicatula
(Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Crassostrea frondosa (Deserres)
subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs and others; large sized pectinids as Pecten
(Oppenheimopecten) convexo-costatus, Abich, Chlamys (Macrochlamis)
Bed no. 13
Bed no. 12
Bed no. 10
Bed no. 11
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
22
sardoa Ugolini; other bivalves as Gastrana sp. Schumacher; gastropods
as Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, Ampullina (Pseudamaura)
maedai Abbass; echinoids as Echinolampas amplus Fuchs, Clypeaster
marginatus Lamarck and others which are turned upside down in many
cases, embedded in the rock, not easy to be collected; bryozoans such as
Holoprella sp. Also, it contains algae as Lithothamnium sp. and
Lithophyllum sp; foraminifers as Operculina complanata (Defrance),
Miogypsina intermedia Drooger, Amphistegina sp., and other
foraminifrs. Its thickness is 17m.
14- Argillaceous fossiliferous limestone: Yellow to yellowish brown;
moderately compact; fossiliferous. The calcareous matter are micro to
cryptocrystalline calcite. It yields bivalvia as Crassostrea frondosa (De
Serres) subsp. rohlfsi, Fuchs, and Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin)
subsp. virleti Deshayes; foraminifers as Miogypsina intermedia Drooger.
Its thickness is 5m.
Fig. 8: The argillaceous limestone of the upper part of Genefe
Formation, Gabal Geneifa section, bed no. 14. It represents the
uppermost part of the Miocene succession in Geneifa area.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
23
For fig. 9 (Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene rocks at Gabal
Geneifa).
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
24
II.2.2 Gabal Gharra section:
Gabal Gharra lies about 13 km to the West of Gabal Geneifa and
about 13 km to the northeast of Gabal Iweibed (Fig. 10). It extends
between longitudes 32 17 00 and 32 18 00 E, and latitudes 30 10
30 and 30 12 00 N. The base of the Miocene succession is exposed
where it unconformably overlies the Oligocene sands and gravels, this is
clearly obvious in a mine lies to the South of the succession (Fig. 11).
As the previous section, the lower part of this Miocene succession is
represented mainly by clastic deposits, but its upper part is represented
by non-clastic deposits. The studied section measures a total thickness of
141.7m and runs from base to top as follow:
Fig. 10: Panoramic view from the southern side of Gabal Gharra.
1- Sandstone: Yellowish brown to reddish brown; moderately compact
to semi-friable; fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded;
moderately sorted; unfossiliferous. It unconformably overlies the
Oligocene sands, gravels and boulders. Its thickness is 3.4m.
2- Shale: Reddish brown at the base, gray upwards; soft at bottom, firm
upwards; sandy; silty; very slightly calcareous, unfossiliferous,
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
25
overlianed by a ferruginous hard sandstone band of 5 cm thickness. Sand
grains in shale are fine to medium quartz grains; subrounded to
subangular. Sand grains in the ferruginous band are medium to coarse
quartz grains; subangular to subrounded. Its thickness is 7m.
Fig. 11: The Oligocene conglomeratic bed under the Miocene succession
in a mine at the root of Gabal Gharra.
3- Ferruginous sandstone: Yellowish brown; fine to medium quartz
grains; subangular to subrounded; moderately sorted; argillaceous; very
slightly calcareous; unfossiliferous. It is encountered between two hard
ferruginous sandstone bands 5 cm thick for each (fig 12). Its thickness is
1.5m.
4- Shale: Light to dark gray; moderately compact; sandy; silty; slightly
calcareous; underliened by ferruginous hard sandstone band of 5 cm
thick. Its thickness is 6.1m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
26
Fig. 12: The ferruginous sandstone in the lower part of Gharra
Formation, Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 3.
5- Calcareous sandstone: Dark yellowish brown; moderately compact;
fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded; moderately
sorted; unfossiliferous; ferruginous in parts. The calcareous matter is
composed of cryptocrystalline calcite. Its thickness is 2m.
6- Fossiliferous sandy limestone: Yellow to yellowish white; moderately
compact; slightly argillaceous; calcareous matter are crypto to
microcrystalline calcite (fig. 13). Sand grains are fine to medium quartz
grains; subangular to subrounded. Fossils are represented by
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella
plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti Deshayes, Chlamys gentoni Fontannes;
Lucina sp.; gastropods as Natica cf. millepunctata Lamarck; many chips
of Scutella ammonis Fuchs, Parascutella stefaninii (Desio),
Prionocidaris cf. avenionensis (Desmoulins), Echinolampas sp.,
Clypeaster sp. and echinoid spines; bryozoa. Its thickness is 7.7m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
27
Fig. 13: Broken parts of Scutella ammonis on the surface of limestone of
the middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Gharra section, the surface
of bed no. 6.
7- Sandy limestone: Yellow to yellowish brown; moderately compact;
slightly argillaceous; calcareous matter are cryptocrystalline calcite.
Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded.
It is poorly fossiliferous yielding foraminifers as Amphistegina sp,
Operculina complanata (Defrance) and Miogypsina intermedia Drooger.
Its thickness is 6m.
8- Argillaceous limestone: Yellowish brown; moderately compact;
slightly sandy; poorly fossiliferous with Chlamys gentoni Fontannes and
other broken fragments. Its thickness is 0.5m.
9- Calcareous shale: Dark gray to gray; moderately compact; fractured;
unfossiliferous; very slightly sandy; silty. Sand grains are fine to very
fine quartz grains, subrounded to subangular. Its thickness is 5m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
28
Fig. 14: Band of large-sized pectinids in the limestone of the middle part
of Gharra Formation, Gabal Gharra section. The band represents the
upper 0.5m of bed no. 10.
10- Fossiliferous argillaceous limestone: Brownish yellow to yellow;
soft (fig. 14). It yields Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti
Deshayes. A pectinids band occurs at the upper 0.5m, yields large-sized
pectinids as Pecten (Pecten) fraasi Fuchs, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae
Blanckenhorn, Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus (Lamarck), very
crowded with Pecten beudanti Basterot, Pecten (Amussiopecten)
burdigalensis Lamarck. This bed also yields Gastrana sp.; gastropods as
Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, Ficus sp. Abbass; crustacea as
Balanus; bryozoa and few coral heads; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and
Lithophyllum sp; foraminifers as Operculina complanata (Defrance),
Miogypsina intermedia and Heterostegina sp. Its thickness is 3.2m.
11- Sandy shale: Dark gray to gray; soft to moderately compact;
gypsiferous; unfossiliferous; more sandy upwards; interbedded with
ferruginous bands of 5 cm thick for each, these bands increase in
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
29
number upwards. Sand grains are fine to very fine quartz grains;
subrounded. Its thickness is 19.5m.
12- Fossiliferous calcareous sandstone: Yellow to yellowish white,
occasionally yellowish brown; moderately compact, occasionally semi-
friable to friable; fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to
subrounded; moderately sorted; pebbly at base. It yields bivalvia as
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella
plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti Deshayes; Chlamys scabrella Lamarck,
Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi), Anomia burdigalensis
Defrance, Clementia sp. Also it yields echinoderms as Scutella
ammonis Fuchs, Parascutella stefaninii (Desio) and other echinoderms.
Its thickness is 4.9m.
13- Fossiliferous limestone: Yellow to yellowish white; compact;
massive; slightly argillaceous; slightly sandy. It is croweded with
bivalvia as Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs,
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti Deshayes, Pecten (Pecten)
cristato-costatus Sacco, Chlamys scabrella Lamarck, Chlamys
(Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby), Chlamys senatoria (Gmelin);
Cardium sp.; rich in molds of Callista (Costacallista) erycina (Linné),
Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot), Clementia sp., Diplodonta sp.,
Gari sp. Also it contains Lutraria sp., Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby);
gastropods as Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck; echinoderms as
Echinolampas amplus Fuchs, Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck, Scutella
ammonis Fuchs; crustacea as Balanus concavus (Bronn); coral reefs as
Leptastrea sp. The lower 0.5m of this bed represents a pectinids and
oysters bank, whereas the upper (20-125cm) represents a sclaractenian
coral reef which is monospecific (Leptastrea sp.), and it is replaced in
parts with an algal limestone band. Algae are represented by
Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp. Its thickness is 16.4m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
30
Fig. 15: Upper part of Gharra Formation underlies the lower part of
Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section. The succession represents the
three beds (upper part of bed 11, bed 12 and lower part of bed 13).
Bed no. 13
Bed no. 12
Bed no. 11
Lower part of Genefe Fm.
Upper part of Gharra Fm.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
31
Fig. 16: The lower part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section, bed
no. 13. The bed is crowded with fauna specially oysters and pectinids
forming a bank in the lower part of this bed.
Fig. 17: Part of the coral reef bank in the lower part of Genefe
Formation, Gabal Gharra section, the upper part of bed no. 13.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
32
14- Fossiliferous limestone: White to yellowish white, occasionally
milky white; moderately compact; bioturbated in the upper part with a
yellowish brown color; calcareous matter is composed of
cryptocrystalline calcite. It is rich with Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres)
subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti
Deshayes, embryonic stages of oysters are found. Also, it contains
Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa Ugolini, and other pectinid fragments;
Echinolampas amplus Fuchs, Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins,
echinoid spines and corals; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and
Lithophyllum sp. Its thickness is 24.5m.
Fig. 18: Oysters and pectinids are embedded in the limestone of the
middle part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 14.
15- Fossiliferous sandy chalky limestone: Yellow to yellowish white;
moderately compact; chalky; algal in parts; calcareous matter is
represented by cryptocrystalline calcite. Sand grains are fine to medium
quartz grains; subangular to subrounded. It bears Crassostrea frondosa
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
33
(De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp
virleti Deshayes, Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae (Blanckenhorn),
Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby), Chlamys malvinae (Dubois),
Chlamys senatoria (Gmelin); broken parts of echinoids; bryozoa and
few corals; foraminifers as Miogypsina intermedia Drooger. Its
thickness is 30m.
Fig. 19: The chalky limestone of the upper part of Genefe Formation,
Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 15.
16- Chalky limestone: Yellowish white to white, occasionally yellow;
moderately compact; chalky. It yields some shell fragments, echinoid
plates and undefined foraminifera. Also, it yields algae as
Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp. Its thickness is 4m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
34
Fig. 20: The uppermost part of Genefe Formation which forms the
uppermost part of the Miocene succession in Gabal Gharra section. This
photo represents the upper part of bed no. 15 and the bed no. 16.
Fig. 21: General view of Genefe Formation from the eastern side, Gabal
Gharra section.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
35
For fig. 22 (Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene rocks at Gabal
Gharra).
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
36
II.2.3 Gabal Homeira section:
Gabal Homeira lies to the North of Gabal Ataqa and to the
southeast of Gabal Iweibid (fig. 10). It extends between longitudes 32°
11 00 and 32° 13 20 E, and latitudes 30° 02 12 and 30° 03 18" N.
The basal part of Homeira Miocene succession is represented mainly by
clastic deposits, unconformably overling the Oligocene sands and
gravels, then an alternation between clastic and non-clastic beds
throughout the lower part, while the upper part is represented mainly by
non-clastic deposits. This succession measures a total thickness of 110.9
m and runs from base to top as follow:
Fig. 23: Panoramic view for Gabal Homeira from the southern side.
1- Shale: Varicolored, yellow, brown; moderately compact; fractured;
unfossiliferous; slightly calcareous; slightly sandy; slightly silty. This
bed unconformably overlies Oligocene made up of alternating sands and
gravel. Its thickness is 2.7m.
A part of the Miocene succession
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
37
2- Sandy dolostone: Yellowish brown; compact to highly compact;
fractured; calcareous matter is represented by euhedral microcrystalline
dolomite rhombs (fig. 34). The sand grains are fine to medium quartz
grains; subangular to subrounded. Poorly fossiliferous, the fossil content
is represented by echinoid fragments and undefined foraminiferal tests.
Its thickness is 0.5m.
Fig. 24: Clastics of the lowermost part of Gharra Formation, Gabal
Homeira section. Succession of the three beds 1, 2, and 3.
3- Calcareous sandstone: Yellowish brown to yellowish white;
moderately compact; fine to medium grained; subrounded to rounded;
moderately sorted; cement is represented by calcareous matter of
cryptocrystalline calcite; poorly fossiliferous. Its thickness is 2.9m.
4- Sandy limestone: Yellowish white to yellowish brown; moderately
compact; slightly argillaceous; calcareous matter is represented by
crypto to microcrystalline calcite. Sand grains are medium to coarse
quartz grains; subrounded to subangular. It is poorly fossiliferous. Its
thickness is 1.4m.
Bed no. 3
Bed no. 2
Bed no. 1
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
38
5- Sandy marl: Yellowish white; moderately compact. Sand grains are
fine to medium quartz grains; subrounded to subangular. It is
fossiliferous with sclaractenian corals, echinoid plates and spines. Its
thickness is 5m.
Fig. 25: The sandy marl of the lower part of Gharra Formation, Gabal
Homeira section, bed no. 5.
6- Sandy limestone: Yellowish white; moderately compact; slightly
argillaceous; calcareous matter is represented by cryptocrystalline
calcite. Sand grains are fine to coarse quartz grains; angular to
subrounded; with eroded periphery; pebbly in parts. It contains oysters
and pectinids which are embedded in the rock and not easy to be
collected. Also, it bears Heterostegina sp. Its thickness is 3m.
7- Calcareous sandstone: Yellowish white to yellowish brown;
moderately compact; fine to coarse quartz grains; angular to
subrounded; poorly sorted; with eroded periphery; slightly argillaceous;
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
39
calcareous matter is represented by cryptocrystalline calcite; poorly
fossiliferous with bad preserved oysters and pectinids. Its thickness is
1.5m.
Fig. 26: The pectinids and oysters are embedded in the limestone of the
middle part of Gharra Formation, Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 8.
8- Sandy limestone: Yellowish white; slightly to moderately compact;
calcareous matter represented by cryptocrystalline calcite. Sand grains
are fine to coarse quartz grains; angular to subrounded; with eroded
periphery; pebbly in parts. It is rich with oysters and pectinids which are
embedded in the rock and not easy to be collected. Also, it bears
Heterostegina sp. Its thickness is 3m.
9- Shale: Greenish gray to yellowish green, occasionally stained with
yellow color; moderately compact; highly fractured and jointed; soapy;
gypsiferous; unfossiliferous; slightly calcareous; slightly sandy; slightly
silty. Its thickness is 4.3m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
40
10- Sandy limestone: Yellowish white to yellowish brown; moderately
compact; calcareous matter is represented by micro to cryptocrystalline
calcite. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to
subrounded; with eroded periphery; pebbly at its lower part. It is poorly
fossiliferous, contain some bad preserved bivalvia, Balanus concavus
(Bronn.) and echinoid fragments. Its thickness is 1.5m.
11- Fossiliferous sandy limestone: Yellowish brown to light brown; soft
to moderately compact; slightly argillaceous; calcareous matter
represented by cryptocrystalline calcite. Sand grains are fine to medium
quartz grains; subangular to subrounded. It is rich with bivalvia as
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella
plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Pecten fuchsi Fontannes,
Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, Chlamys malvinae (Dubois),
Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriscula (Matheron); Paphia (Callistotapes)
vetula (Bastrot), Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata
(Sowerby), Cardium sp., Anomia sp.; gastropods as Ficus sp. Abbass,
Turritell (Turritella) cleevelyi Abbass, Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi
Abbass, Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck; Bursa faizae Abbass,
echinoderms as Echinolampas amplus Fuchs, Echinolampas
plagiosomus Agassiz, Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck; bryozoa as
Holoporella polythele (Russ); algae as Lithothamnium sp and
Lithophyllum sp.; foraminifers as Operculina complanata (Defrance),
Miogypsina intermedia Drooger and other foraminifers. Its thickness is 5m.
12- Claystone: Gray to light gray, occasionally dark gray; soft;
gypsiferous; unfossiliferous; slightly calcareous; slightly silty. Its
thickness is 4.2m.
13- Fossiliferous sandy limestone: Yellowish white to brownish white;
moderately compact; fractured; slightly argillaceous; calcareous matter
is represented by cryptocrystalline calcite. Sand grains are fine to coarse
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
41
quartz grains; subrounded to rounded and stained with iron oxides on
periphery. It yields bivalvia as Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp.
rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes.
It is rich in pectinids as Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, Pecten
fuchsi Fontannes, Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus (Lamarck),
Pecten erythraensis Sowerby, Pecten beudanti Basterot, Pecten
(Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi), other bivalves as Linga (Linga)
columbella (Lamarck), Cardium sp., Anomia burdigalensis Defrance,
Anomia (Anomia) ephippium Linné subsp. rogulosostriata Brocchi;
gastropods as Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, Conus (Conolithus)
melficus Desio, Ficus reticulatus Lamarck; broken echinoids as
Clypeaster sp. ; and Balanus concavus (Bronn); algae as Lithothamnium
sp. and Lithophyllum sp. Its thickness is 2.5m.
Fig. 27: Limestone of the upper part of the Gharra Formation
underlained with clay, Gabal Homeira section. Succession of the two
beds no. 12 and 13.
Bed no. 12
Bed no. 13
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
42
14- Claystone: Gray, greenish gray to light green, occasionally
yellowish green; moderately compact; fractured; jointed; fissile; no
macrofossils have been encountered; slightly calcareous; very slightly
sandy; slightly silty. Its thickness is 4.6m.
15- Argillaceous calcareous sandstone: Yellow to yellowish brown;
moderately compact; fine to medium quartz grains; angular to
subrounded; moderately sorted; with altered plagioclase, microcline and
biotite. Its thickness is 6.1m.
Fig. 28: Large oysters are embedded in the limestone of the lowermost
part of Genefe Formation, Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 16.
16- Fossiliferous limestone: Yellowish white to yellow, yellowish brown
to brown in the upper two meters; moderately compact; calcareous
matter is composed of cryptocrystalline calcite. It is rich in large-sized
oysters as Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs,
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti Deshayes. Also, it yields
Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, Cardium sp.; broken parts of
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
43
echinoids as Scutella ammonis Fuchs, Parascutella stefaninii (Desio)
and echinoid spines; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.;
foraminifera as Amphistegina sp. Its thickness is 25.5m.
17- Fossiliferous sandy limestone: Yellow to yellowish white;
moderately compact; calcareous matter is composed of fine to
cryptocrystalline calcite; argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to medium
quartz grains; rounded to subrounded; stained with iron oxides on
periphery. It is rich with Scutella ammonis Fuchs, Parascutella
stefaninii (Desio) and broken parts of other echinoid species. Also, it
yields Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, some fragments of other
pectinids and other bivalves and foraminifers as Miogypsina intermedia
Drooger. Its thickness is 3.9m.
Fig. 29: A general view for the marl oyster bank of the middle part of
Genefe Formation, Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 18.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
44
18- Marl: (Oyster bank) Brownish yellow; soft to moderately compact;
clayey at base, gradually become more calcareous at top. The sediments
represent the matrix between the fauna which are mainly represented by
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella
plicatula (Gmelin) subsp virleti Deshayes. Also, it yields Pecten
(Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco; broken parts of Scutella ammonis
Fuchs and Parascutella stefaninii (Desio). Its thickness is 3.3m.
19- Fossiliferous sandy limestone: Yellowish white to light brownish
white; moderately compact to compact; massive; fractured in parts;
calcareous matter is composed of fine to cryptocrystalline calcite;
argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subrounded
to subangular. It yields oysters embedded in the rock and can not be
collected; Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa Ugolini and other small-
sized pectinids; molds of other bivalves as Cardium sp., Clavagella sp.,
Gastrana sp., Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby), Arca (Anadara) grondica
Mayer; gastropods as Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck, Ficus
sp. Abbass, Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudi Abbass, Luria (Luria) salwae
Abbass, Oliva (Neocyclindrus) wagihi Abbass, Planorbis (Planorbis)
nakanoi Abbass; worm tubes; sclarctenian corals and bryozoans. Also it
yields foraminifers as Heterostegina sp., Amphistegina sp. and other
foraminifers; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp. Its
thickness is 30m.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
45
Fig. 30: A close view for the marl oyster bank of the middle part of
Genefe Formation, Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 18.
Fig. 31: The fossiliferous limestone of the uppermost part of Genefe
Formation, Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19 which represents the
uppermost part of the Homeira Miocene succession.
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
46
For fig. 32 (Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene rocks at Gabal
Homeira).
Chapter II Lithologies of the studied Miocene sections
47
For fig. 33 (Correlation chart for the three studied sections at Gabal
Geneifa, Gabal Homeira and Gabal Gharra).
Chapter III Stratigraphy
48
CHAPTER III
STRATIGRAPHY
III.1 LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY
III.1.1 Introduction:
The Miocene sediments of the study area were the subject of many
publications such as that of Fuchs (1883) who studied the faunal
assemblages of the exposures at Gabal Geneifa and found that they
belong to the lower part of the Middle Miocene. Barron (1907) studied
the rocks at the roots of Gabal Geneifa and related them to the Lower
Miocene followed by the Middle Miocene sequence while Sadek (1959)
assigned the basal beds of Gabal Geneifa to the Late Burdigalian and the
overlying limestone beds with Lithothamnium and Heterostegina to the
Vindobonian. In 1963, Metwalli divided the marine Miocene of the
Cairo-Suez District into two informal units, the lower one is sandy and
rich in assemblage of macro- and microfauna of Burdigalian age while
the upper one is calcareous containing faunal assemblage of Middle
Miocene. Farag and Sadek (1966) subdivided the Miocene rocks in Gabal
Homeira into two units: the lower one is the marine unit which includes
the Burdigalian and Helvetian fossiliferous sediments, the upper one is
the non-marine unit which consists of unfossiliferous fluviatile sediments
of Late Miocene age; Barakat ane Aboul Ela (1970) studied the
microfacies types of the Miocene rocks exposed at Gabal Geneifa area
and found that the Lower Miocene (Burdigalian) is represented by
shallow marine sediments with reefal forms (inner neritic to reefal
environment), the Middle Miocene (Vindobonian) is represented by
shallow agitated marine of reefal environment; Said (1990) referred that
the Gharra Formation represents the Lower Miocene deposits of the
Cairo-Suez District and related it to the Aquitanian-Burdigalian age and
Chapter III Stratigraphy
49
considered the overlying Genefe Formation to represent the Middle
Miocene (Langhian); El-Shazly and Saber (1999) studied the facies and
macropaleontology of the marine Miocene sediments at Gabal Homeira
and divided the succession into two formations: the lower one is Gharra
Formation representing the Lower Miocene, and the upper one is Genefe
Formation representing the Middle Miocene.
In the present study, there are three stratigraphical sections have
been measured and sampled from Gabal Geneifa, Gabal Gharra and
Gabal Homeira in order to study in detail the main Miocene successions
in the eastern part of Cairo-Suez area; this to detect the lateral geographic,
stratigraphic and lithologic continuity and its changes in this area which
was close to the Miocene transgression from the East and not isolated
completely from the North. According to the detected lithologies, fossil
content and microfacies types the sedimentary succession in these
sections represent the Lower-Middle Miocene sequence. In the study
area, this sequence is divided into two lithostratigraphic units namely, in
asending order, the Gharra Formation and the Genefe Formation. The
lithologies of the beds constituting the recorded formations are shown in
figures (2 – 33). The diagnosis and description of these formations are
here under.
III.1.2 Studied sections:
III.1.2.1 Gharra Formation:
Author : Ghorab and Marzouk (1965).
Etmology : After Gabal Gharra.
Type locality: Gharra section.
Thickness : 66.8 m at Gabal Gharra (fig. 22)
Limits : The Gharra Formation rests unconformably on sediments of
Oligocene age (sands and gravels) with silicified woods in both
Chapter III Stratigraphy
50
Gabal Gharra and Gabal Homeira sections, while in Gabal Geneifa
section the base of the formation is unexposed (figs. 9, 22, 32). In
all the three studied sections, the Gharra Formation is conformably
overlained by the Genefe Formation.
In Geneifa section, this formation measures 66.1m, its base is not
exposed while its top is conformably followed by the Genefe Formation.
In Gharra section, it measures 66.8m where it unconformably overlies the
Oligocene sediments and conformably overlies the Genefe Formation
(fig. 15). In Homeira section, this formation measures 48.2m since it
unconformably overlies the Oligocene sediments and underlies the
Genefe Formation.
Lithology: The Gharra Formation consists mainly of clastics (shale,
claystone, marl and sandstone) with sandy limestone interbeds. The
limestones are fossiliferous to highly fossiliferous, containing rich
assemblages of macrofossils.
Fossil content: The Gharra formation contains varity of fauna like
bivalves, gastropods, echinoderms and coralline red algae. The most
interesting fauna can be summarized in the following:
The fossiliferous sandy limestone of the beds no. 5 in Gabal
Geneifa section and no. 6 in Gabal Gharra section nearly contain the same
faunal content of common oysters and pectinids, pectinides, many other
bivalves, gastropod molds, echinoderms, algae and bryozoans. These
beds can be considered as a horizon of correlation for the middle part of
the Gharra Formation in the study area. The collected samples of
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes from bed no. 5
in Gabal Geneifa section are of large sizes and moderate valve thickness
Chapter III Stratigraphy
51
which mean that the prevailing conditions was favourable for their
growth better than the another locality. The presence and abundance of
the embryonic stages of Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi
Fuchs in Gharra section mean that the environmental changes were very
rapid which did not left a chance for migration to another suitable
environment.
The fossiliferous argillaceous limestone of bed no. 10 in Gabal
Gharra section and the fossiliferous sandy limestone of bed no. 13 in
Gabal Homeira section, are closely similar in their faunal content which
is mostly of oysters, pectinids, many other bivalves, gastropod molds,
Balanus sp. and algae. This can be considered a good horizon of
correlation for the upper part of the Gharra Formation in the area of the
recorded two sections in the studied area. The abundance of Pecten
(Pecten) zizinia Blanchenhorn, Pecten beudanti Basterot, Pecten
(Oppenheimpecten) benedictus (Lamarck) and Ficus sp Abbass in these
two beds in the two sections can be considered as a special marker. The
collected samples of Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti
Deshayes from these two beds in the two mentioned sections are of large
sizes and moderate valve thickness which mean that the prevailing
environment was favourable for their growth. Through these two beds in
the two sections, there is a pectinid band (clearly recorded in the upper
0.5m of bed no. 10 in Gabal Gharra section) yielding large-sized pectinids
of Pecten beudanti Basterot and Pecten (Oppenheimpecten) benedictus
(Lamarck).
The dolomitic argillaceous sandstone of bed no. 8 in Gabal Geneifa
section, in addition to the fossiliferous calcareous sandstone of bed no. 12
in Gabal Gharra section and the argillaceous calcareous sandstone of bed
no. 15 in Gabal Homeira section represent the uppermost part of the
Gharra Formation in the area of the three studied sections. The above
Chapter III Stratigraphy
52
mentioned two sandstone beds in Gabal Geneifa and Gabal Homeira
sections are poorly fossiliferous, but the above mentioned sandstone bed
in Gabal Gharra section is fossiliferous yielding oysters, pectinids; it is
very crowded with molds of Cardium sp. and molds of other bivalvia;
also, it yields Scutella ammonis Fuchs and Parascutella stefaninii (Desio)
which means a moderate energy environment favourable for the
deposition of the sandstone and the growth of the contained fauna.
Microfacies types: The microfacies types of the Gharra Formation are
mainly clastic-dominated facies. The lower part is characterized by an
erosional base, followed by cross-bedded sandstones and topped by thin
laminated mudstone. The upper part of this facies is intercalated with
sandy limestones, oyster banks, mudstones and sandstones.
This formation is mainly characterized by the following
microfacies associations: calcareous quartz arenite, dolomitic calcareous
quartz arenite, calcareous fossiliferous quartz arenite, calcareous
ferrugineous quartz arenite, sandy echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone,
sandy dolomitic wackestone, sandy fossiliferous grainstone, sandy
echinoidal packstone, sandy algal grainstone, sandy bioclasts packstone,
and sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone.
Environment: Based on microfacies associations, sedimentary structures
and fossil content, the Gharra Formation was probably deposited in an
environment ranging from tidal flat for the lower part to typical reef flank
for coral and algal reefs and high energy on shoals for the grain-supported
fabrics (grainstone and packstone), (figs. 39-45).
Age: In the previous works, Sadek (1959); Farag and Sadek (1966)
assigned this formation to be of Early Miocene age (Aquitanian?-
Chapter III Stratigraphy
53
Burdigalian) while Metwalli (1963); Souaya (1963); Barakat and Aboul
Ela (1970); Said (1990); Hamza (1992); El-Shazly and Saber (1999)
assigned this formation to be of (Burdigalian) age.
In the present work, based on the lithology, fossil content,
microfacies types, environment and the assignment with the previous
works; this formation is assigned to the Early Miocene age (Burdigalian).
III.1.2.2 Genefe Formation:
Author : Ghorab and Marzouk (1965).
Etmology : Gabal Geneifa.
Type locality: Geneifa section.
Thickness : 31 m at Gabal Geneifa (fig. 9)
Limits : In the three studied sections, the Genefe Formation rests
conformably on the sediments of Gharra Formation and its top is
not covered in the three sections.
Genefe Formation in Geneifa section measures 31m, it is overlying
the dolomitic argillaceous sandstone of the top of Gharra Formation; in
Gharra section, it measures 74.9m where it is overlying the fossiliferous
calcareous sandstone of the top of Gharra Formation while in Homeira
section, it measures 48.2m since it is overlying the argillaceous
calcareous sandstone of the top of Gharra Formation.
Lithology: The Genefe Formation consists mainly of algal, reefal and
chalky limestones with oyster banks, mudstone and marl intercalations.
The limestones and marls are fossiliferous to highly fossiliferous
containing rich assemblagaes of macrofossils.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
54
Fossil content: The Gharra formation contains varity of fauna like
bivalvia, gastropods, echinoderms and coralline red algae. The most
interesting fauna can be summarized in the following:
The coralline red algae (Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.)
are more dominant in the lower part of the Genefe Formation.
The fossiliferous sandy marl of the bed no. 11 in Gabal Geneifa
section with its high abundance of pectinids (pectinid band) is
correlatable with the lowermost part (0.5m) of bed no. 13 in Gabal Gharra
section with its high abundance of pectinids and oysters (pectinid-oyster
band), it can be considered a horizon for correlation in the area of the two
mentioned sections for the lower part of the Genefe Formation. The
abundance of Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco and Chlamys
(Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby) in the above mentioned two occurances
represents a specific horizon for correlation in the area of the above
mentioned two sections for the lower part of the Genefe Formation.
In the same time, the above mentioned fossiliferous limestone of
the bed no. 13 in Gabal Gharra section correlatable with the fossiliferous
limestone of the bed no. 16 in Gabal Homeira section with its abundance
of fauna (specially oysters) which is considered a horizon of correlation
in the area of the above mentioned two sections for the lower part of the
Genefe Formation. The abundance of Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin)
subsp. virleti Deshayes and Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp.
rohlfsi Fuchs in the above mentioned two occurances is also a specific
horizon for correlation in the area of the above mentioned two sections
for the lower part of the Genefe Formation. The fauna (specially
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes) are
characterized by large sizes and thick valves which indicate that the
prevailing environment was favourable for their growth. The gradiation
of fauna from abundant pectinid band (in bed no. 11, Gabal Geneifa
Chapter III Stratigraphy
55
section) to an oyster-pectinid band (in the lower 0.5m of bed no. 13,
Gabal Gharra section) to the high abundant of oysters band (in bed no. 16,
Gabal Homeira section), means the gradiation of the environment.
The fossiliferous limestone of the bed no. 13 in Gabal Geneifa
section, the fossiliferous limestone of bed no. 14 in Gabal Gharra section
and the marl of bed no. 18 in Gabal Homeira section are characterized by
the abundance of the main prevailing fauna in the three occurances of
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes and Crassostrea
frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs which can be considered a
horizon for correlation in the area of the above mentioned three sections.
These last fauna in Gabal Gharra section are characterized by large sizes
and thick valves, in addition to resonable presence of embryonic stages
from these fauna. The marl bed no. 18 in Gabal Homeira section is very
crowded with these above mentioned fauna assembly, where the
sediments represent the matrix among the fauna.
Microfacies types: The microfacies types of the Genefe Formation are
mainly carbonate-dominated facies.
This formation is mainly characterized by the following
microfacies associations: Sandy bioclasts packstone, sandy foraminiferal
bryozoan packstone, sandy molluscan grainstone, foraminiferal algal
wackestone, sandy bioclasts packstone, sandy echinoidal foraminiferal
grainstone, sandy algal grainstone, algal coralline framestone and
coralline framestone.
Environment: The microfacies associations, fossil content and
sedimentary structures stated that the environment of deposition was
reefal for the lower part, due to the presence of abundant coralline red
algae, oysters, Amphistigena sp, Miogypsina sp. to shelf lagoons with
Chapter III Stratigraphy
56
open circulation and an intertidal environment with low energy conditions
for the deposition of mudstones in the top most part of Genefe Formation.
Age: In the previous works, Souya (1963); Metwalli (1963); Sadek
(1959); Souaya (1963); Farag and Sadek (1966); Barakat and Aboul Ela
(1970); Said (1990); Hamza (1992); El-Shazly and Saber (1999) assigned
the Genefe Formation to the Middle Miocene age (Langhian-
Serravallian).
In the present work, this formation is assigned to the Middle
Miocene age (Langhian-Serravallian).
Chapter III Stratigraphy
57
III.2 BIOSTRATIGRAPHY
Few biostratigraphic studies were carried out on the Miocene rocks
of the study area. They were mostly based on the larger foraminifera.
Hamam (1966) studied the Miocene rocks in the Agrud area and
defined the following biozones:
2- Heterostegina costata costata zone (Helvetian)
1- Operculina complanata zone (Burdigalian)
Cherif (1966) recognized the following biozones in the Sadat area:
4- Ostrea crassissima aegyptiaca zone (Tortonian)
3- Heterostegina costata politesta zone (Tortonian)
2- Heterostegina costata costata zone (Helvetian)
1- Heterostegina heterostegina heterostegina zone (Burdigalian)
The classification of Abdallah and Abd El-Hady (1966) for the
Cairo-Sukhna District have been modified by Stratigraphic Sub-
Committee (1974) and introduced the following biozones:
4- Chlamys submalvinae-Pycnodonte virleti biohorizon. (Middle Miocene)
3- Pecten josslingi biohorizon. (Middle Miocene)
2- Flabellipecten burdigalensis-Pecten ziziniae biohorizon. (Burdigalian)
1- Crassostrea duvergieri-Cubitostrea digitalina biohorizon. (Burdigalian)
Abd-Elmoneim (1992) studied the stratigraphy of the Miocene
rocks in the area between Gabal Ataqa and Northern Galala Plateau, and
established the following ten biozones:
The lower five biozones (in Sadat Formation / Late Burdigalian-
Langhian) are:
5- Lithothamnium sp acme zone.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
58
4- Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis – Psammechinus aegyptiacus
assemblage zone.
3- Pecten (Flabellipecten) schweinfurthi range zone.
2- Pecten (Pecten) fraasi range zone.
1- Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae range zone.
The upper five biozones (in Hommath Formation / Serravalian) are:
5- Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi zone.
4- Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone.
3- Placuna (Indoplacuna) miocenica zone.
2- Crassostrea crassissima zone.
1- Amphiope arcuata fuchsi zone.
Hamza (1992) in his biostratigraphical study of the Neogene in the
eastern part of Egypt defined four biohorizones:
4- Chlamys submalvinae-Pycnodonte virleti biohorizon (Middle Miocene).
3- Pecten josslingi biohorizon (Middle Miocene).
2- Flabellipecten burdigalensis-Pecten ziziniae biohorizon (Burdigalian).
1- Crassosterea duvergieri-Cubitostrea digitalina biohorizon (Burdigalian).
In the present study, as mentioned before, Gharra Formation
consists mainly of clastic rocks with few beds of sandy and clayey
limestones. On the other hand, Genefe Formation consists entirly of
limestones with little clay and marl interbeds. The limestone beds are rich
in macro-invertebrate fauna especially bivalves, gastropods and echinoids
with some foraminifers as Operculina. According to the abundance of
these fauna and their good preservation, especially the pectinids, the
recorded macrofauna of pectinids are found enough and reliable for
biostratigraphic differentiation in Gharra and Genefe Formations where
six biozones have been established. The vertical distribution and lateral
Chapter III Stratigraphy
59
extension of all identified species have been recorded and represented in
the distribution faunal charts (figs. 34-36). Investigation of these charts
with the actual impression from the field led to the establishment of very
distinctive six macro-biozones characterized by good feasibility in
practical application. From younger to older, these biozones are:
6- Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone.
5- Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa zone.
4- Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone.
3- Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis zone.
2- Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae zone.
1- Chlamys gentoni zone.
1- Chlamys gentoni zone:
Zone type : Range zone.
Type section : Gabal Gharra.
Thickness : 14.2m in its type section.
Limits : This zone overlies a barren zone extending from the base of
Gharra section to the first appearance of the fauna of the biozone.
It underlies the Chlamys gentoni - Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae barren
interzone.
Fauna : In addition to the zonal species, this biozone is
characterized by the presence of Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres)
subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp.
virleti Deshayes, Lucina sp., Natica cf. millepunctata Lamarck,
Scutella ammonis Fuchs and Parascutella stefaninii (Desio).
Boundaries : The lower boundary of Chlamys gentoni zone is defined by
the first appearance of the zonal species in addition to Crassostrea
frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula
(Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Lucina sp., Natica cf.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
60
millepunctata Lamarck, Scutella ammonis Fuchs and Parascutella
stefaninii (Desio). The upper boundary of this zone is marked by
the disappearance of the zonal species with Lucina sp. and Natica
cf. millepunctata Lamarck.
Remarks : Chlamys gentoni zone represents the lowermost bio-unit in
the Miocene rocks of the study area. It is well developed in Gabal
Gharra and Gabal Geneifa sections but not recognized in Homeira
section. The interval of this zone is made up of fossiliferous sandy
limestone beds. The thickness of the biozone is reduced at Gabal
Geneifa succession reaching 7.5m.
Age : Burdigalian.
2- Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae zone:
Zone type : Range zone.
Type section : Gabal Homeira.
Thickness : 11.7m at its type section.
Limits : Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae zone overlies a barren zone
extending from the base of Gabal Homeira section to the first
appearance of the fauna of this zone. It underlies Pecten (Pecten)
ziziniae - Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus barren interzone.
Fauna : In addition to the zonal species, this biozone is
characterized by the presence of Chlamys malvinae (Dubois),
Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriuscula (Matheron), Pecten fuchsi
Fontannes, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, Pecten
beudanti Basterot, Pecten erythraensis Sowerby, Pecten
(Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi), Pecten
(Oppenheimopecten) benedictus Lamarck, Anomia burdigalensis
Defrance, Anomia (Anomia) ephippium Linné subsp.
rugulosostriata Brocchi, Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres)
Chapter III Stratigraphy
61
subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp.
virleti Deshayes, Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata
(Sowerby), Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot), Cardium sp.,
Linga (Linga) columbella (Lamarck), Turritella (Turritella)
cleevelyi Abbass, Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck,
Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass, Ficus reticulatus
(Lamarck), Ficus sp., Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi,
Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio, Bursa faizae Abbass,
Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck, Echinolampas amplus Fuchs,
Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz.
Boundaries : The lower boundary of Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae zone is
defined by the first appearance of the above mentioned fauna
while its upper boundary is characterized by the disappearance of
the zonal species and the disappearance of Chlamys malvinae
(Dubois), Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriuscula (Matheron),
Pecten fuchsi Fontannes, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn,
Pecten beudanti Basterot, Pecten erythraensis Sowerby, Pecten
(Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi), Pecten
(Oppenheimopecten) benedictus Lamarck, Anomia burdigalensis
Defrance, Anomia (Anomia) ephippium Linné subsp.
rugulosostriata Brocchi, Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia)
paucicostata (Sowerby), Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot),
Linga (Linga) columbella (Lamarck), Turritella (Turritella)
cleevelyi Abbass, Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass, Ficus
reticulatus (Lamarck), Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi,
Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio, Bursa faizae Abbass,
Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck, Echinolampas amplus Fuchs,
Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
62
Remarks : This biozone represents the lowermost bio-unit in the
Miocene rocks in Gabal Homeira section. The interval of this
biozone is made up of fossiliferous sandy limestone. Its thickness
is reduced from 11.7m at its type section (Gabal Homeira) to 3.2m
at Gabal Gharra.
Age : Burdigalian.
3- Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis zone:
Zone type : Range zone.
Type section : Gabal Gharra.
Thickness : 4.9m at its type section.
Limits : This biozone rests on Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae - Pecten
(Flabellipecten) flabelliformis barren interzone and underlies
Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone.
Fauna : In addition to the zonal species, this biounit contains
Parascutella stefaninii (Desio), Scutella ammonis Fuchs,
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs,
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Anomia
burdigalensis Defrance, Chlamys scabrella Lamarck and
Clementia sp.
Boundaries : The lower boundary of this zone is defined by the first
appearance of the zonal species in addition to Anomia
burdigalensis Defrance, Chlamys scabrella Lamarck and
Clementia sp. The upper boundary is marked by the
disappearance of the zonal species, Anomia burdigalensis
Defrance and Parascutella stefaninii (Desio), .
Remarks : Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis zone is the youngest
zone in Gharra Formation, it ends the Lower Miocene succession
in Gabal Gharra and made up of calcareous sandstone.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
63
Age : Burdigalian.
4- Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone:
Zone type : Range zone.
Type section : Gabal Homeira.
Thickness : 32.7m at its type section.
Limits : Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone overlies Pecten
(Pecten) ziziniae - Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus barren
interzone and underlies Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa zone.
Fauna : In addition to the zonal species, this biozone is
characterized by the presence of Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres)
subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp.
virleti Deshayes, Scutella ammonis Fuchs and Parascutella
stefaninii (Desio).
Boundaries : The lower boundary of this biozone is marked by the first
appearance of the zonal species and the first appearance of both ,
Scutella ammonis Fuchs and Parascutella stefaninii (Desio). The
upper boundary is defined by the disappearance of the previous
species in addition to the disappearance of Crassostrea frondosa
(De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin)
subsp. virleti Deshayes.
Remarks : Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone represents the
lowermost bio-unit in the Middle Miocene rocks in the study area.
The interval of the zone is made up of limestone and marl in its
type section while in Geneifa section there are a sandy shale bed
and another marl one while in Gharra section the interval is made
up entirly of limestones. The thickness of the zone changes from
32.7m in its type section at Gabal Homeira (the extreme West of
Chapter III Stratigraphy
64
the study area) to 16.4m at Gabal Gharra and to 7.5m at Gabal
Geneifa (the extreme East of the study area).
Age : Langhian – Serravallian.
5- Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa zone:
Zone type : Range zone.
Type section : Gabal Homeira.
Thickness : 30m at its type section.
Limits : This biozone rests on Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone and
underlies Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone.
Fauna : In addition to the zonal species, the zone is characterized
by the presence of Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer, Cardium sp.,
Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby), Gastrana sp., Clavagella sp.,
Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudi Abbass, Turritella (Turritella)
terebralis Lamarck, Ficus sp., Luria (Luria) salwae Abbass,
Oliva (Neocylindrus) wagihi Abbass, Oliva (Neocylindrus)
wagihi Abbass and Planorbis (Planorbis) nakanoi Abbass.
Boundaries : The lower boundary of this zone is characterized by the
first appearance of Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer, Gastrana
laminosa (Sowerby), Gastrana sp., Clavagella sp., Lanistes
(Lanistes) mahmoudi Abbass, Luria (Luria) salwae Abbass,
Oliva (Neocylindrus) wagihi Abbass, Oliva (Neocylindrus)
wagihi Abbass and Planorbis (Planorbis) nakanoi Abbass, while
its upper boundary is marked by the first appearance of the zonal
species of the overlying zone, i.e. Chlamys (Argopecten)
submalvinae zone.
Remarks : Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa biozone ends the
Miocene succession in Gabal Homeira and Gabal Geneifa while
it underlies the Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone in Gabal
Chapter III Stratigraphy
65
Gharra section. The interval of this zone is made up of sandy
limestone, its thickness is reduced eastwards from 30m and
24.5m at Gabal Homeira and Gabal Gharra respectively to 18.5m
at Gabal Geneifa.
Age : Langhian – Serravallian.
6- Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone:
Zone type : Range zone.
Type section : Gabal Gharra.
Thickness : 30m at its type section.
Limits : This biozone ends the Miocene rocks in the study sections.
It overlies the Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa zone
Fauna : In addition to the zonal species, this biozone characterized
by the presence of Chlamys senatoria Gmelin, Chlamys malvinae
(Dubois), Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby),
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs,
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes.
Boundaries : The lower boundary of this biounit is defined by the first
appearance of Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae
(Blanckenhorn) and Chlamys malvinae (Dubois).
Remarks : Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae biozone represents the
youngest zone in the Miocene rocks of the study area. It is well
defined in Gabal Gharra only and made up entirely of ckalk.
Age : Langhian – Serravallian.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
66
This page for fig. 34 ( Biostratigraphic chart of Gabal Geneifa section )
Chapter III Stratigraphy
67
This page for fig. 35 ( Biostratigraphic chart of Gabal Gharra section )
Chapter III Stratigraphy
68
This page for fig. 36 ( Biostratigraphic chart of Gabal Homeira section )
Chapter III Stratigraphy
69
III.3 CHRONOSTRATIGRAPHY
The Miocene rocks in the Cairo-Suez area have been differentiated
into the Lower, Middle and Upper Miocene stages. This differentiation of
the Miocene series was accepted by the majority of authors who had dealt
with the Miocene in this part of the country as Sadek (1926 and 1959),
Said (1962), Abdalla and Abd El-Hady (1966 and 1971), Cherif and
Yehia (1977), El-Heiny (1982) and Abdel-Moneim (1992).
In this study, the characters and age assignment of these
chronostratigraphic units are discussed in the following:
III.3.1 The Early Miocene
It is represented by the Gharra Formation which is attributed to the
Burdigalian according to the presence of macro-invertebrate fossils with
Early Miocene affinity. Abd-Elmoneim (1992) mentioned that Pecten
(Pecten) fraasi Fuchs, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, Pecten
(Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck, Pecten (Flabellipecten)
flabelliformis (Brocchi) and Anomia burdigalensis Defrance are of Lower
Miocene affinity (Burdigalian). Ali (1973) assigned the age Burdigalian
depending on the presence of Echinolampus amplus Fuchs. Also, Hamza
(1992) assigned the same age (Burdigalian) insured by the presence of
Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhor.
In the present study, the sediments which are assigned to the Lower
Miocene measures 66.1m, 66.8m and 48.2m in Geneifa section, Gharra
section and Homeira section respectively. They consist mainly of clastic
beds (sandstone, shale, clay and marl) with frequent interbeds of
carbonate (limestones). The carbonates are fossiliferous to highly
fossiliferous containing bivalves, gastropods, echinoids, algae and
foraminifera. It overlies unconformably the Oligocene sands, gravels and
Chapter III Stratigraphy
70
conglomerates. The upper limit of the Lower Miocene is marked with a
bed of sandstone which is unfossiliferous (in Gabal Geneifa and Gabal
Homeira) to fossiliferous (in Gabal Gharra).
The studied intervals which belong to the Early Miocene bear the
following fauna:
a- Geneifa section contains: Chlamys gentoni Fontannes, Crassostrea
frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula
(Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Isognomon sp., Azorinus sp. and
Echinolampus amplus Fuchs.
b- Gharra section contains: Chlamys gentoni Fontannes, Pecten (Pecten)
fraasi Fuchs, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, Pecten
beudanti Basterot, Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus
(Lamarck), Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck, Pecten
(Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi), Anomia burdigalensis
Defrance, Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs,
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Cardium
sp., Lucina sp., Gastrana sp., Natica cf. millepunctata Lamarck,
Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, Scutella ammonis Fuchs and
Parascutella stefaninii (Desio).
c- Homeira section contains: Chlamys malvinae (Dubois), Chlamys
(Aequipecten) scabriuscula (Matheron), Pecten fuchsi Fontannes,
Pecten beudanti Basterot, Pecten erythraensis Sowerby, Pecten
(Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, Pecten (Flabellipecten)
flabelliformis (Brocchi), Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus
(Lamarck), Anomia burdigalensis Defrance, Anomia (Anomia)
ephippium Linne, subsp. rugulosostriata Brocchi, Crassostrea
frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula
(Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Cardium sp., Acanthocardia
(Acanthocardia) paucicostata (Sowerby), Linga (Linga)
Chapter III Stratigraphy
71
columbella (Lamarck), Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot),
Turritella (Turritella) cleevelyi Abbass, Turritella (Eichwaldiella)
fouadi Abbass, Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck, Ficus
reticulatus Lamarck, Ficus sp., Bursa faizae Abbass, Conus
(Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio,
Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck, Echinolampus amplus Fuchs and
Echinolampus plagiosomus Agassiz.
III.3.2 The Middle Miocene
According to Harland et al. (1982), the earlier part of the Langhian
belongs to the Early Miocene. Recently, the boundary between the Early
and Middle Miocene is placed at the base of the Langhian (Boggs, 1987;
Haq et al., 1987 and Abdel-Moneim, 1992). Butterlin (1988) and Sartorio
and Venturini (1988) mentioned that the extinction of the Lepidocyclinids
indicates the boundary between the Lower and the Middle Miocene. More
than one century ago, Deperet and Roman (1902) correlated the Middle
Miocene rocks with Pecten cristatocostatus Sacco which he had
recognized in the Cairo-Suez District with the Middle Miocene of
Austria.
Abd-Elmonein (1992) assigned the age Serravallian for some
Miocene exposures in the Cairo-Sukhna area depending on the presence
of a definite Middle Miocene (Serravallian) fauna which he had recorded
because they characterize this age in other African and European
countaries. Such fauna include: Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae
(Blanckenhorn), Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, Anomia
(Anomia) ephippium Linne, subsp. rugulosostriata Brocchi,
Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata (Sowerby), Turritella
(Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
72
In the present study, the sedimentary intervals which are attributed
to the Middle Miocene measures 31m in Geneifa section, 74.5m in
Gharra section and 61.8m in Homeira section. They consist mainly of
limestones and chalky limestones with few interbeds of clay and marl.
The limestones and marls are fossiliferous to highly fossiliferous
containing bivalves, gastropods, echinoids, algae and foraminifera.
a- These intervals which are attributed to the Middle Miocene contain:
Chlamys radians (Nyst), Chlamys (Chlamys) costai (Fontannes),
Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby), Chlamys
(Macrochlamis) sardoa Ugolini, Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus
Sacco, Pecten (Pecten) fraasi Fuchs, Pecten (Oppenheimopecten)
convexo-costatus Abich, Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp.
rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti
Deshayes, Gastrana sp., Ampullina (Pseudamaura) macfaydeni
Abbass, Ampullina (Pseudamaura) maedai Abbass, Natica sp.,
Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, Clypeaster intermedius
Desmoulins, Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck and Echinolampus
amplus Fuchs in Geneifa section.
b- Chlamys senatoria (Gmelin), Chlamys malvinae (Dubois), Chlamys
(Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby), Chlamys (Argopecten)
submalvinae (Blanckenhorn), Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa
Ugolini, Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, Crassostrea
frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, Alectryonella plicatula
(Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Cardium sp., Paphia
(Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot), Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby),
Callista (Costacallista) erycina (Linne), Diplodonta sp., Gari sp.,
Lutraria sp., Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck, Clypeaster
marginatus Lamarck, Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins, Scutella
ammonis Fuchs and Echinolampus amplus Fuchs in Gharra section.
Chapter III Stratigraphy
73
c- Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer, Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa
Ugolini, Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs,
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, Cardium
sp., Lucina sp., Gastrana sp., Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby),
Clavagella sp., Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudai Abbass, Turritella
(Turritella) terebralis Lamarck, Luria (Luria) salwae Abbass,
Ficus sp., Oliva (Neocyclindrus) wagihi Abbass, Planorbis
(Planorbis) nakanoi Abbass, Scutella ammonis Fuchs and
Parascutella stefaninii (Desio) in Homeira section.
74 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
CHAPTER IV
SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY
IV.1 Introduction:
The studied macrofossils include Bivalvia, Gastropoda and
Echinodermata. This chapter deals with the taxonomy, illustration and
description of the collected fauna from the studied sections.
The terminology and systematic classification of 62 species
belonging to 34 genera and 26 families were followed according to the
general criteria of the identification of macrofauna after many authors,
among them Deperet and Roman (1902-1912), Cossmann and Peyrot
(1909-1924), Roger (1939), Moore (1969), Davies (1971), Cox (1927),
Ali (1975), Abbass (1977), and Murray (1985). Table 2 illustrates the
ages assigned by previous authors to the recorded fauna in some parts of
the world. All the collected materials are deposited at the Geology
Department, Faculty of Science, Zagazig University.
IV.2 Systematic Description:
IV.2.1 Phylum Mollusca:
Phylum: Mollusca Cuvier, 1795
Class: Bivalvia Linne, 1758
Subclass: Pteriomorphia Beurlen, 1944
Order: Arcoida Stoliczka, 1871
Superfamily: Arcacea Lamarck, 1809
Family: Arcidae Lamarck, 1809
Subfamily: Arcinae Lamarck, 1809
Genus: Arca Linne, 1758
Type species: Arca noae; subsequent designation Schmidt, 1818.
75 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer
(pl. 1, fig. 1)
1914 Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer.; Cossmann and Peyrot, p. 158, pl.
7, figs. 34-37; pl. 8, figs. 1-2.
1994 Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer.; El-Safori, pl. 6, figs. 8-9.
Material: One moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold : Length (1) 11mm.
: Height (1) 7mm.
Description: Small size, equivalve, inequilateral, elongate,
subtrapezoidal to subrectangular, longer than high, truncated; cardinal
area broad, straight; peak prosogyrate.
Occurrence: This species appears in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19.
Distribution: This species was recorded from the Neogene of Aquitan
Province (Cossmann and Peyrot, 1914) and from the Miocene of the
western side of the Gulf of Suez (El Safori, 1994).
Age: Langhian - Serravallian.
Order: Pterioida Newell, 1965
Suborder: Pteriina Newell, 1965
Superfamily: Pteriacea Gray, 1847
Family: Isognomonidae Wooding, 1925
Genus: Isognomon Lightfoot, 1786
Type species: Ostreab perna; Linné, 1767
Isognomon sp.
(Pl. 1, fig. 2)
Material: Moderately preserved one internal mold.
76 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Dimensions: Mold : Length (1) 61mm.
: Height (1) 111mm.
Description: Internal mold of moderate size, dorso-ventrally elongated,
rhomboidal or rectangular in shape; anterior and posterior margins nearly
straight, ventral margin subrounded; subequivalve; inequilateral;
ligamental area broad, flate, with numerous and regular arranged
ligamental grooves showing deep furrows between ligamental grooves;
each valve have two accessory muscle scars at the dorsal part.
Occurrence: This species occurs in Gabal Geneifa section, bed no. 5.
Age: Burdigalian.
Superfamily: Pectinacea Rafinesque, 1815
Family: Pectinidae Rafinesque, 1815
Genus: Chlamys Röding, 1798 (non Koch, 1801)
Type species: Pecten islandicus Müller, 1776; subsequent designation
Herrmannsen, 1847
Chlamys gentoni Fontannes
(pl. 1, figs. 3a, b)
1939 Chlamys gentoni Fontannes; Roger, p. 142, pl. 16, figs. 17a, b.
1976 Chlamys gentoni Fontannes; Metwally, p. 139, pl. 5, figs. 5a, b.
Material: Six left valves.
Dimensions: LV: L (6) 11.5mm, (10-13mm)
: H (6) 12.3mm, (10.5-14mm)
Description: Shell of small size, moderately convex, ovally triangular,
subequilateral; orthogyrate; umbonal region feebly convex; lateral sides
relatively long, anterior one slightly shorter, posterior one feebly
77 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
concave; crenulated, subrounded ventral margin, auricles of left valve
are triangular with 5-6 fine scaly costules of which the first four are
more prominent; valve ornamented with 18-20 rounded costae, separated
by equally concave interspaces; costae ornamented with 2-3 very fine
regularly spaced scaly costules more developed near margin.
Occurrence: Members of this species have been recorded in Gabal
Geneifa section, beds no. 5; Gabal Gharra section, in beds no. 6 and 8.
Distribution: This species was known from the Neogene of Europe
(Roger, 1939); in Egypt, it was recorded by Metwally (1976) from
Salum area, Wadi Umm Ashtan section.
Age: Burdigalian.
Chlamys malvinae (Dubois)
(pl. 1, figs. 4a, b)
1883 Pecten malvinae (Dubois); Fuchs, p. 59, pl. 21, fig. 3.
1939 Chlamys malvinae (Dubois); Roger, p. 145, pl. 18, figs. 3, 4.
1968 Chlamys malvinae (Dubois); El-Gamal, p. 148, pl, 14, fig. 3.
1976 Chlamys malvinae (Dubois); Metwally, p. 147, pl. 6, fig. 4.
Material: Two right valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (2) 32mm, (32mm).
: H (2) 31.5mm, (31-32mm).
Description: Right valve of moderate size, convex, ovally triangular,
inequilateral; orthogyrate, umbonal region convex; ventral margin
rounded; lateral sides short, posterior one slightly longer and inclined
with relatively wide angle, anterior one short, slightly concave; auricles
unequal, anterior one wing-shapped, with acute, deep byssal notch,
78 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
ornamented with 6 costules; posterior one triangular with 7-8 fine
costules; cardinal line straight; surface ornamented with 22-24 costae,
subrounded in cross section, separated by slightly narrow, flat concave
interspaces; costae with 4-5 scaley costules; interspaces with 2-3 fine
scaley costules.
Occurrence: This species is recorded here in Gabal Gharra section, bed
no. 15; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 11.
Distribution: This species was recoded from the Neogene of Europe
(Roger, 1939); in Egypt, it was recorded by El-Gamal (1968) and
Metwally (1976).
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Chlamys radians (Nyst)
(pl. 1, figs. 5a, b)
1939 Chlamys radians (Nyst); Roger, p. 134, pl. 16, figs. 8-12; pl. 17,
fig. 9.
1976 Chlamys radians (Nyst); Metwally, p. 153, pl. 7, fig. 4.
Material: Four right valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (4) 26.6mm, (22-36mm)
: H (4) 26.1mm, (21.5-35mm)
Description: Right valve of small to moderate size, ovally triangular,
feebly convex, unequilateral; lateral sides incurved, anterior one shorter;
undulating interal margin; auricles subequal, anterior one more
developed, wing-shapped with 6 fine radial scaley costules, posterior one
triangular with 8 fine costules; surface crossed by concentric lamellae,
ornamented with 17-19 high costae, radiated, rounded, separated by
79 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
rather narrow, flat intercostal spaces which occupied by 1-2 fine
costules; inner side show rectangular costae corresponding to that on
the outer surface, separated by short, rounded interspaces disappearing
toward the umbonal region; the muscle scar is subrounded, deep.
Occurrence: Individuals of this species are recorded only in Gabal
Geneifa section from beds no. 9 and 11.
Distribution: This species was described from the Neogene of Europe
(Roger, 1939); in Egypt, Metwally (1976) recorded it from Salum area.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Chlamys scabrella Lamarck
(pl. 1, fig. 6)
1939 Chlamys scabrella Lamarck; Roger, p. 104, pl. 12, figs. 8, 9, 9a,
10, 10a; pl. 13, figs. 3-13.
1972 Chlamys scabrella Lamarck; Hamza, p. 93, pl. 2, figs. 5, 5a, 5b;
pl. 3, figs. 1, 1a, 1b.
1976 Chlamys scabrella Lamarck; Metwally, p. 157, pl. 7, fig. 6; pl. 8,
fig. 1.
Material: One complete shell.
Dimensions: RV: L (1) 37mm.
: H (1) 38mm.
LV: L (1) 37mm.
: H (1) 38mm.
Description: Shell of moderate size, suborbicular to subtriangular;
equivalve, equally convex, subequilateral; lateral sides nearly equally
inclined, anterior side shorter, straight, posterior side longer, slightly
80 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
incurved, concave; subrounded ventral margin; orthogyrate, slightly
incurved; umbonal region feebly convex; auricles unequal, almost flat;
anterior one of the right valve longer than posterior one, wing-shapped,
ornamented with 5 slightly strong costules; posterior one of the right
valve is triangular, with 8 fine radial costules; the two auricles of the left
valve are nearly equal, triangular, ornamented with 8 fine costules;
cardinal line straight; surface ornamented with 16-18 costae, equal,
rounded in cross section, separated by equally wide, concave, intercostal
spaces; costae with 3 secondary costules; the intercostal spaces with 2
fine costules.
Occurrence: Occurs in Gabal Gharra section, beds no. 12 and 13.
Distribution: Chlamys scabrella was recoded from the Neogene of
Europe (Roger, 1939) In Egypt, it is known in the Pliocene (Hamza,
1972) and in the Neogene of Salum area (Metwally, 1976).
Age: Early – Middle Miocene.
Chlamys senatoria Gmelin
(pl. 1, figs. 7a, b)
1927 Chlamys senatoria Gmelin; Cox, p. 45, pl. 7, figs. 1-3.
1974 Chlamys senatoria Gmelin; Ghonima, p. 166, pl. 12, figs. 7, 8.
1976 Chlamys senatoria Gmelin; Metwally, p. 162, pl. 8, figs. 3a, b.
Material: Two left valves.
Dimensions: LV: L (2) 28.2mm, (24.5-32mm).
: H (2) 27mm, (25-29mm).
Description: Left valve of moderate size, convex, suborbicular, with
remarkably truncated posterior margin; inequilateral, posterior longer;
81 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
auricles unequal, posterior one longer; ventral margin nearly rounded;
cardinal line straight; costae 19-21, rounded with 3-4 threads-like
costules separated by rather narrow, flate interspaces with 2-3 threads-
like costules.
Occurrence: Specimens of this species have encountered only from
beds no. 13 and 15 in Gabal Gharra section.
Distribution: Cox (1927) mentioned that Chlamys senatoria is common
in the Lower Miocene of Zinzibar. In Egypt, it was recrded from Salum
area (Ghonima, 1974), and described by Metwally (1976) from Matruh
area as Karpatian (uppermost of Lower Miocene) and who recorded it
also from Wadi Umm Ashtan section in Salum area.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Subgenus: C. Chlamys Röding, 1798
Chlamys (Chlamys) costai (Fontannes, 1884)
(pl. 1, figs. 8a, b)
1939 Chlamys costai (Fontannes); Roger, p. 160, pl. 22, fig. 8; pl. 23,
fig. 6.
1966 Chlamys costai (Fontannes); Cherif, pl. 11, fig. 2.
1972 Chlamys costai (Fontannes); Cherif, p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 12.
1976 Chlamys costai (Fontannes); Metwally, p. 134, pl. 5, fig. 2.
1992 Chlamys (Chlamys) costai (Fontannes); Abdel-Moneim, p. 101, pl.
2, fig. 2.
Material: Three right valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (3) 24.3mm, (17-30mm).
: H (3) 25.3mm, (19-29.5mm).
82 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Description: Specimen of medium size, convex, suborbicular to
subtriangular, subequilateral, orthogyrate; umbonal region slightly
convex; ventral margin rounded, crenulated; lateral sides nearly straight,
posterior one slightly longer; auricles relatively large, anterior auricle of
right valve is wing-shaped, with 6 fine costules; cardinal line straight;
triangular resilial pit; surface ornamented with 19-21 costae which are
rounded, divided to 2 fine scaly costules in the umbonal area increase to
3-4 near the ventral margin; costae are separated by slightly smaller
interspaces, divided by 2 scaly costules.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, beds no.
9 and 11.
Distribution: Roger (1939) mentioned that the Chlamys costai
(Fontannes) is present abundantly in the Burdigalian of Portugal and
rarely in the same stage in the Vienna Basin. Also, he reported the
presence of this species in the Helvetian or Tortonian of France. In
Egypt, Cherif (1966 and 1972) recorded it from the Miocene of the Sadat
area; Metwally (1976) recorded it from the Vindobonian of Salum area;
while Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded it from the Sadat Formation (Late
Burdigalian) in the Sadat area.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Subgenus: Chlamys (Aequipecten) Fischer, 1886
Ttype species: Ostrea opercularis Linné, 1758
Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriuscula (Matheron, 1842)
(pl. 2, fig. 1)
1939 Chlamys scabriuscula (Matheron); Roger, p. 58, pl. 6.
1976 Chlamys scabriuscula (Matheron); Metwally, p. 160, pl. 8, fig. 2.
83 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1992 Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriuscula (Matheron); Abdel-Moneim,
p. 102, pl. 2, fig. 4a, b.
Material: One right valve.
Dimensions: RV: L (1) 58mm.
: H (1) 58mm.
Description: Right valve of moderate size, suborbicular to orbicular,
subequilateral, highly convex; orthogyrate, incurved; umbonal region
highly convex; lateral sides concave, posterior one slightly longer;
ventral margin rounded, undulating; auricles equal, anterior one wing-
shapped, with 4 well developed costules, posterior one triangular with 6
fine costules; cardinal line straight; byssal notch acute, deep below
anterior auricle; surface ornamented with 21 rounded costae, sharp near
umbonal region, separated by rather narrow concave interspaces, costae
with 6 fine radial costules, interspaces with 3 fine costules; surface
crossed by regularly spaced concentric lamellae increasing in number
near ventral margin.
Occurrence: The collected specimenof this species was found in bed no.
11, in Gabal Homeira section.
Distribution: Roger (1939) reported that Chlamys scabriuscula is a
Helvetian and Tortonian form, being recorded from France, North and
Central Italy and Sardinia. In Egypt, Metwally (1976) recorded it from
the Vindobonian of Matruh area, while Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded
it in the Serravallian of Sadat area, commonly in the Hommath
Formation.
Age: Burdigalian.
Subgenus: Chlamys (Argopecten) Monterosato, 1890
Ttype species: Pecten solidulus Reeve, 1853; original designation
84 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby, 1847)
(pl. 2, figs. 2a, b)
1939 Chlamys macrotis (Sowerby); Roger, p. 114, pl. 14, figs. 7-10; pl.
15, figs. 7, 8.
1968 Chlamys macrotis (Sowerby); El-Gamal, p. 143, pl. 14, fig. 13.
1976 Chlamys macrotis (Sowerby); Metwally, p. 145, pl. 6, figs. 2a-d.
1992 Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby); Abdel-Moneim, p.
103, pl. 2, fig. 5.
1999 Chlamys macrotis (Sowerby); El-Shazly and Saber, p. 325, pl. 2,
fig. 3.
Material: Three left valves.
Dimensions: LV: L (3) 20.3mm, (14-29mm).
: H (3) 21.3mm, (15.5-29mm).
Description: Shell of moderate size, subequivalve, inequilateral,
suborbicular, extended posteriorly; left valve more convex; orthogyrate,
incurved; umbonal region feebly convex; lateral sides unequal, slightly
concave, anterior one shorter, straight, posterior one longer, highly
curved; undulating, subrounded ventral margin; auricles unequal,
relatively large, the two auricles of left valve subtriangular, with
numerus fine radial costules; surface ornamented with 19-21 equally
salinet subrounded costae with 2-3 scaley costules (the main one more
strong), separated by rather narrow concave interspaces; interspaces with
the same number of costules.
Occurrence: This species is recorded here in Gabal Geneifa section,
beds no. 9 and 11; Gabal Gharra section, beds no. 13 and 15.
85 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Distribution: Chlamys macrotis is present in the Tortonian of the
Vienna Basin and other European localitis and in the Atlantic Province
as in Portugal (Roger, 1939). In Egypt, it was recorded from the Salum
and Matruh areas by El-Gamal (1968) and Metwally (1976); from the
Sadat and Hommath Formations (Late Burdigalian and Serravallian) in
the south eastern part of the Cairo-Suez area (Suez-Sukhna) by Abdel-
Moneim (1992); and from the Marine Miocene sediments of Gabal
Homeira, Cairo-Suez District by El-Shazly and Saber (1999).
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae (Blanckenhorn, 1901)
(pl. 2, figs. 3a, b)
1901 Pecten sub-malvinae Blanckenhorn, p. 120, pl. 2, fig. 5.
1921 Chlamys sub-malvinae Blanckenhorn; Stefanini, p. 137
1929 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); Desio, p. 219, pl. 32, fig. 8.
1939 Chlamys sub-malvinae Blanckenhorn; Roger, p. 118, pl. 15, figs. 5,
6; pl. 16, figs. 13-16.
1955 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); Said and Yallouze, p. 68,
pl. 3, fig. 12.
1966 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); Cherif, pl. 5, fig. 4.
1966 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); Hamam, pl. 9, fig. 12.
1968 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); El-Gamal, p. 132, pl. 15,
figs. 2, 3, 10.
1972 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); Cherif, p. 99, pl. 5, fig. 14.
1976 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); Metwally, p. 163, pl. 8,
figs. 4a-c.
86 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1980 Chlamys (Aequipecten) sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); Abed and
Metwally, p. 307, pl. 4, figs. 4a-c.
1987 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); El-Shazly, p. 184, pl. 1,
figs. 5a-c.
1989 Chlamys (Aequipecten) sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); El-Bedewy,
p. 197, pl. 8, fig. 6.
1992 Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae (Blanckenhorn); Abdel-
Moneim, p. 104, pl. 2, fig. 6.
1999 Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn); El-Shazly and Saber, p.
325, pl. 2, figs. 2, 7.
Material: Ten right valves and eleven left valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (10) 30.9mm, (13-48mm).
: H (10) 30.5mm, (14.5-45mm).
LV: L (11) 36.1mm, (11-47mm).
: H (11) 37mm, (18-49mm).
Description: Shell of small to medium size, equivalve, inequilateral,
valves moderately convex; right valve more convex and ovally
triangular; orthogyrate; umbonal region convex; lateral sides unequal,
anterior one nearly straight, shorter; ventral margin subrounded; auricles
unequal, feebly descending along the lateral margin; anterior auricle of
the right valve wing-shapped, with 6 costules; posterior one of the right
valve is rectangular, with 5-6 fine threads-like costules; right valve with
acute byssal notch, deep below the anterior auricle; auricles of the left
valve triangular with 5-6 fine costules, the anterior one with rounded
margin; cardinal line straight; with large, triangular resilial pit; one pair
of cardinal crura; surface ornamented with 19 rounded costae, the
median is dominant, separated by rather narrow concave interspaces,
87 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
costae acute near the umbo then become low and wider near the ventral
margin, costae with fine radial scaley costules increase by intercalation
near the ventral margin; interspaces between the costae are with 2 scaley
costules.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 15.
Remarks: Chlamys sub-malvinae (Blanckenhorn) differs from Chlamys
malvinae (Dubois) in having less convexity and less number of ribs. On
the other hand, it has more ribs and more dense ornamentation than
Chlamys scabrella (Lamarck).
Distribution: This species was recrded from the Miocene of Italy
(Stefanini, 1921); from many Mediterranean regions such as Egypt,
Syria and Cyprus (Roger, 1939). In Egypt, it was recorded from the
Miocene by Blanckenhorn (1901); From the Miocene of the Western
Desert by (Desio, 1929), (El-Gamal, 1968), (Metwally, 1976) and (Abed
and Metwally, 1980); from the Cairo–Suez district by Said and Yallouze
(1955), Hamam (1966), El-Bedewy (1989) and El-Shazly and Saber
(1999); from Sinai by El-Shazly (1987) and from the Sadat area by
Cherif (1966 and 1972) and Abdel-Moneim (1992).
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Subgenus: Chlamys (Macrochlamis) Sacco, 1897
Ttype species: Ostrea latissima Brocchi, 1814, original designation
Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa Ugolini, 1906
(pl. 2, figs. 4a, b)
1906 Chlamys (Flaxopecten) sardous Ugolini, p. 86, Pl. 10, fig. 5; pl. 12,
fig. 1.
1939 Chlamys sardoa Ugolini; Roger, p. 46, pl. 19, fig. 3a.
88 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1976 Chlamys sardoa Ugolini; Metwally, p. 155, pl. 7, figs. 5a, b.
Material: One double-valved shell, one right valve and one mold for a
right valve.
Dimensions: RV: L (1) 63mm.
: H (1) 50mm.
LV: L (1) 63mm.
: H (1) 50mm.
Description: Shell of medium size, subtriangular, length is slightly
larger than height, subequilateral, valves moderately convex, subequal
lateral sides, posterior one longer, slightly curved, feebly concave;
orthogyrate, umbonal region convex; hinge line straight; anterior auricle
subtriangular to wing-shapped, ornamented by fine lamellae which
condensed and become larger at the margin of the auricle and show well
formed radial costulations; posterior auricle is right angled triangle,
ornamented by fine lamellae which condensed and become larger at the
margin of the auricle and show well formed radial costulations. Right
valve convex, with 9 ribs, 5 of which are promainant, rectangular in
cross-section, interspaces between ribs slightly less than the rib width,
ribs ornamented with 3-4 riblets. Left valve convex, contain 8 ribs, 4 of
which are promainant, ribs and riblets are with nodes which forming 4
concentric arcs, interspaces are slightly less than the rib width.
Occurrence: Members of this species have been recorded in Gabal
Geneifa section, beds no. 12 and 13; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19;
Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 14.
Remarks: Ugolini (1906) referred this species to the subgenus Chlamys
(Flexopecten), but this subgenus is characterized by larger right valve
than left one which is not the case of Chlamys sardoa. Also, Chlamys
89 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
(Flexopecten) is characterized by several plicate ribs, but in Chlamys
sardoa the plicate ribs are few (about 4-5). In the present study, the
recorded specimens are referred to Chlamys (Macrochlamis) as this
subgenus is characterized by more convex left valve and entire surface
covered with radial striae.
Distribution: Roger (1939) mentioned that this species was found by
Ugolini (1906) in the Upper Miocene of Sardenia and in the Upper
Burdigalian to Langhian of Gabal Geneifa of Egypt by Blanckenhorn
(1901). As this species is an Indo-Pacific one, so Roger (op. cit.)
considered the form of Gabal Geneifa as an intermediate one. Metwally
(1976) recorded it in Salum area, Wadi Umm Ashtan section to indicate
Upper Burdigalian.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Genus: Pecten Müller, 1776
Type species: Ostrea maximal Linné, 1758; subsequent designation
Schmidt, 1818
Pecten beudanti Basterot
(pl. 2, figs. 5a, b)
1902 Pecten beudanti Basterot; Depéret and Roman, p. 19, pl. 2, figs. 1,
1a, 2.
1914 Pecten beudanti Basterot; Cossmann and Peyrot, p. 274, pl. 13,
figs. 8-11
Material: Five right valve and four left valves.
Dimentions: RV: L (5) 69mm, (61-75mm).
: H (5) 65.5mm, (58-73mm.
90 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
LV: L (4) 76mm, (60-88mm).
: H (4) 72mm, (57-86mm).
Dscription: Shell of medium to large size, ovally triangular in shape,
subequilateral; right valve convex; umbonal region inflatted; ventral
margin rounded, forming half circle; very slightly incurved lateral sides;
auricles incurved, subequal; anterior one very slightly smaller, wing-
shapped, with 5-7 low radial costules; posterior one right angle triangle,
with 5-7 low radial costules; the two auricles crossed by very fine closed
space concentric lamellae; costae 15 radial, trapizoidal, 12 of them
strong, equal, become broad and slightly flatened near the ventral
margin; the lateral costae feebly and narrow; costae separated by slightly
narrow, flaty, rounded interspaces; surface crossed by fine regular closed
space concentric lamellae; inner side characterized by rectangular costae
running to about half valve; shallow subrounded muscle scar; two pair of
cardinal crura; resilial pit subtriangular, moderate size; cardinal line
slightly curved. Left valve fan-shaped, slightly convex; lateral sides
concave, feebly incurved, have radial costulation; auricles internally
curved, triangular in shape, having 4-5 radial costules crossed by very
fine concentric lamellae; costae 11 slightly weak at the umbonal region,
become strong at the ventral margin, trapizoidal in shape, nearly equal;
surface crossed by very fine concentric lamellae; inner surface with
crenulated margin extends nearly to the lower half of the valve;
subrounded muscle scar; cardinal region rectangular; cardinal line nearly
straight; subtriangular resilial pit; have two pair of cardinal crura.
Occurrence: This species is present in Gabal Homeira section, bed no.
13; Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 10 which is mostly crowded by its
specimens.
91 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Distribution: Pecten beudanti was recrded from the Miocene of the
Mediterranean Basin by Depéret and Roman (1902) and Cossmann and
Peyrot (1914).
Age: Burdigalian.
Pecten erythraensis Sowerby
(pl. 3, figs. 1a, b)
1902 Pecten erythraensis Sowerby; Depéret and Roman, p. 36, pl. 4,
figs. 6, 7.
1972 Pecten erythraensis Sowerby; Hamza, p. 89, pl. 2, figs. 3, 3a.
1976 Pecten erythraensis Sowerby; Metwally, p. 112, pl. 2, fig. 2.
Material: Two left valves.
Dimentions: LV: L (2) 49.5mm, (48-51mm).
: H (2) 47mm, (46-48mm).
Description: Left valve of medium size, semi-circular in outline,
equilateral, fan-shaped, slightly concave especially at the umbonal
region; lateral sides concave, feebly incurved; auricles internally curved,
right angled triangular in shape with 4-5 radial costules crossed by very
fine concentric lamellae; 11 costae, very weak at the umbonal region,
strong near the ventral margin; two less dominant costules on each
lateral side; surface crossed by very fine concentric lamellae; crenulated
internal margin; well formed subrounded muscle scar; cardinal line
straight; cardinal region rectangular; small triangular resilial pit.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Homeira section, bed
no. 13.
92 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Remarks: Pecten erythraensis Sowerby, can be easily differentiated
from Pecten benedictus (Lamarck) by its highly convex umbonal
region, also the costae are more strong and well formed at the ventral
margin.
Distribution: Depéret and Roman (1902) recrded this species from the
Neogene of Europe. In Egypt, it was recorded from the Pliocene (Hamza,
1972) and from the Neogene of Salum-Matruh areas (Metwally, 1976).
Age: Burdigalian.
Pecten fuchsi Fontannes
(pl. 3, figs. 2a, b)
1902 Pecten fuchsi Fontannes; Depéret and Roman, p. 13, pl. 1, figs. 6-7.
1939 Pecten fuchsi Fontannes; Roger, p. 238.
1976 Pecten fuchsi Fontannes; Metwally, p. 115, pl. 2, figs. 3a, 3b.
Material: Three left valves.
Dimentions: LV: L (3) 36.3mm, (35-37mm).
: H (3) 35.1mm, (34.5-36mm).
Description: Left valve of moderate size, orbicular to suborbicular,
nearly flat; umbonal region slightly concave; lateral sides slightly
curved; auricles inequal, anterior longer, each ornamented with 5
concentric lamellae; cardinal line straight; resilial pit triangular; surface
ornamented with 18 well developed radial ribs as well as about four
small ones on the anterior and posterior lateral sides.
Occurrence: This species is recorded only in Gabal Homeira section,
beds no. 11, 13.
93 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Distribution: Pecten fuchsi Fontannes was recorded from the Miocene
of the Mediterranean Basin (Depéret and Roman, 1902). It is a frequent
Miocene species in the area of West Mediterranean Basin, the Lower
Miocene of Italy, Helvatian of Spain, Burdigalian of Tunisia and Austria,
and the Vindobonian of Syria (Roger, 1939). In Egypt, it was recorded
from the Miocene of Gabal Tanka (Sinai) by Roger (1939) and the
Burdigalian of the Salum area by Metwally (1976).
Age: Burdigalian.
Subgenus: Pcten (Pecten) Müller, 1776
Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, 1897
(pl. 3, figs. 3a, b)
1902 Pecten cristato-costatus Sacco; Depért and Roman, p. 14, pl. 1,
figs. 11, 12.
1908 Pecten cristato-costatus Sacco; Ugolini, p. 72, pl. 24, figs. 6, 7
1929 Pecten cristato-costatus Sacco; Desio, p. 228, pl. 33, fig. 8.
1955 Pecten cristato-costatus Sacco; Said and Yellouze, p. 68, pl. 3,
figs. 4, 7.
1966 Pecten cristato-costatus Sacco; Cherif, pl. 11, figs. 7, 9.
1966 Pecten cristato-costatus Sacco; Hamam, pl. 9, fig. 11.
1972 Pecten cristato-costatus Sacco; Cherif, p. 98, pl. 6, figs. 22, 24.
1976 Pecten cristatocostatus Sacco; Metwally, p. 111, pl. 2, figs. 1a, b, c.
1989 Pecten (Pecten) cristatocostatus Sacco; El-Bedewy, p. 205, pl. 9,
fig. 4.
1992 Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco; Abdel-Moneim, p. 108, pl.
3, fig. 2.
94 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Material: Two right valves and four left valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (2) 43mm, (42-44mm).
: H (2) 41mm, (40-42mm).
LV: L (4) 22.6mm, (20.5-25mm).
: H (4) 23.1mm, (19-27mm).
Description: Right valve of medium size, suborbicular, convex,
subequilateral; hinge line straight; umbo orthogyrate, overlaps the hinge;
umbonal region strongly convex; lateral sides curved; auricles equal,
triangular; with 5-7 weak radial costules, crossed by concentric lamellae;
surface ornamented by 19-20 strong radial costae, triangular in cross-
section, separated by interspaces lesser than their width, flat base;
concentric lamellae appear on the ribs as well as on the interspaces. Left
valve orbicular to suborbicular, nearly flat; umbonal region slightly
concave; lateral sides slightly curved; auricles unequal, anterior longer;
auricles ornamented with 5 concentric lamellae; surface onamented by
18-20 costae, median ones of which are more prominent, separated by
rather narrow, flat intervals; cardinal line straight; resilial pit triangular.
Occurrence: This species occurs in Gabal Geneifa section , beds no. 9
and 11; Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 13; Gabal Homeira section, beds
no. 16, 17 and 18.
Remarks: According to Depéret and Roman (1902, p. 14-15), the name
Pecten acuticostatus had been occupied by a Jurassic species prior to the
Miocene species. Thus, Pecten cristato-costatus replaces this name for
the Miocene species. But till now, many authors use the specific part of
the name (acuticostatus) which is absolutely wrong. Here, the
synonomys of both names are included in the systematic table of the
species but the perfect name is followed.
95 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Distribution: The present species was recrded from the Neogene of
Europe by Depéret and Roman (1902) and from the Miocene of Europe
by Ugolini (1906). Regarding the Egyptian localities, it was recorded
from the Miocene rocks at many locations, For example: North Western
Desert (Desio, 1929) and (Metwally, 1976), Cairo–Suez district (Said
and Yellouze, 1955), (Hamam, 1966) and (El-Bedewy, 1989), Sadat area
(Cherif, 1966, 1972) and (Abdel-Moneim, 1992).
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Pecten (Pecten) fraasi Fuchs, 1883
(pl. 3, figs. 4a, b)
1883 Pecten Fraasi Fuchs; p. 41, pl (21) 16, figs. 7, 8.
1902 Pecten Fraasi Fuchs; Depéret and Roman, p. 26, pl. 2, figs. 7-9.
1992 Pecten Fraasi Fuchs; Abdel-Moneim, p. 110, pl. 3, fig. 3.
Material: Two right valves and four left valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (2) 54mm, (48-60mm).
: H (2) 52mm, (47-57mm).
LV: L (4) 53.2mm, (47-60mm).
: H (4) 50.5mm, (44-58mm).
Description: Shell of medium size, semi circular in shape,
subequilateral, umbo orthogyral, nearly median. Right valve convex;
umbonal region inflated, convex; very slightly incurved lateral sides;
auricles incurved, subequal, anterior one very slightly smaller, wing-
shapped, with 4-5 low radial costules; posterior one right angled triangle,
with 4-5 low radial costules; cardinal line very slightly incurved; costae
15-16 radial, larger than interspaces, 12 of them are strong and equal,
96 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
separated by rounded interspaces; surface crossed by fine regular closed
space concentric lamellae. Left valve fan-shapped, flate to very slightly
concave; lateral sides concave, feebly incurved; rectangular cardinal
region, cardinal line nearly straight; subtriangular resilial pit; having two
pairs of cardinal crura; auricles triangular in shape, having 4-5 radial
costules, crossed by fine concentric lamellae; costae 11 slightly weak at
the umbonal region, become strong near the ventral margin, trapizoidal
in shape; surface crossed with very fine concentric lamellae; inner
surface with crenulated margin extends nearly to the lower half of the
valve; subrounded muscle scar; cardinal region rectangular, cardinal line
nearly straight; subtriangular resilial pit; with two pairs of cardinal crura.
Occurrence: This species appears in Gabal Geneifa section, beds no. 9
and 11; Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 10.
Distribution: Fuchs (1883) described Pecten Fraasi Fuchs from the
Miocene rocks of Gabal Geneifa. Also, it was recorded from the
Helvetian rocks (Middle Miocene) of France by Depéret and Roman
(1902), these two authers mentioned that this species occurs in the
terminal part of the Egyptian Burdigalian. In Egypt, Abdel-Moneim
(1992) recorded this species from the Upper Burdigalian of Sadat
Formation in the Sadat area.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene
Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, 1901
(pl. 3, figs. 5a, b)
1901 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; p. 132.
1902 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; Depért and Roman, p. 80, pl. 9,
figs. 3-5.
97 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1955 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; Said and Yellouze, p. 69, pl. 3, fig. 9.
1966 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; Cherif, p. 162, pl. 2, figs. 1a, 1b, 8.
1966 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; Hamam, pl. 9, figs. 8, 10.
1972 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; Cherif, p. 97, pl. 5, fig. 11; pl. G,
fig. 23.
1976 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; Metwally, p. 120, pl. 3, figs. 3a, b, c.
1987 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; El-Shazly, p. 180, pl. 1, fig. 7.
1989 Pecten (Flabellipecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn; El-Bewedy, p. 215,
pl. 11, fig. 3.
1992 Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn; Abdel-Moneim, p. 111, pl.
3, fig. 5.
1999 Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn; El-Shazly and Saber, p. 323, pl. 2,
figs. 4, 10.
Material: One right valve and eight left valves.
Dimentions: RV: L (1) 33mm.
: H (1) 28.5mm.
LV: L (8) 60.5mm, (41-77mm).
: H (8) 53.0mm, (38.5-68mm).
Description: Left valve of medium to large size, triangly oval,
inequilateral, almost flat, with slightly convex near the ventral margin,
with marked umbonal depression; hinge line straight; auricles triangular,
posterior one slightly larger than anterior, ornamented with 2-3 feebly
radial costules and crossed by concentric lamellae, auricles occupy
nearly half length of the lateral margins; triangular resilial pit; one pair
of cardinal crura at each auricle, the lower one more dominant; rounded,
relatively large adductor muscle scar; surface with 9 prominent costae
and one lateral costae less prominent and occupy the folded lateral
98 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
margins, anterior costal space are wider, flat; the prominent costae
occupy a longitudinal depressed area extended from the umbonal region
to the ventral margin; crenulated margin; the lateral costae running to
about the center of the valve. Right valve of moderate size, triangly
oval, subequilateral, moderately convex; orthogyral, incurved; umbonal
region convex; cardinal line straight; resilifer small, triangular pit; one
pair of crura on both sides of resilifer pit; lateral sides very slightly
concave, posterior one slightly longer; auricles unequal, posterior one
larger, flate; ventral margin subrounded, crenulated in the lower third of
the valve; surface ornamented with 10 principle costae and 2 less
prominent costae on both anterior and posterior margins; the principle
costae are rounded, separated by narrow concave subrounded
interspaces, all crossed by concentric striae; semi-circular , deep
adductor muscle scar.
Occurrence: Some specimens of this species have been recorded in
Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 10; Gabal Homeira section, beds no. 11
and 13.
Remarks: This present species differs from Pecten blanckenhorni
Depéret and Roman in having less number of ribs and wider interspaces.
Distribution: Pecten ziziniae Blanckenhorn is known only from the
Miocene of Egypt (Depéret and Roman, 1902). It was recorded from
Gabal Gafra by Blanckenhorn (1901); after half century, it was recorded
from the Cairo-Suez disrict, Sadat area and Central Sinai by Said and
Yellouze (1955), (Hamam, 1966), (Cherif, 1966 and 1972), (El-Shazly,
1987), (El-Bedewy, 1989), (Abdel-Moneim, 1992) and (El-Shazly and
Saber, 1999); and from the Western Desert by Metwally (1976).
According to the most previous authors, Pecten ziziniae
(Blanckenhorn) ranges in its age from the Burdigalian to the Tortonian;
99 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
this is wider than that by Depéret and Roman (1902) who reported that
this species is related to the first Mediterranian stage (i.e. Burdigalian).
Age: Burdigalian.
Subgenus: Pecten (Amussiopecten) Sacco, 1897.
Type species: Pecten burdigalensis Lamarck, 1809
Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck, 1809
(pl. 3, figs. 6a, b)
1914 Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck; Cossman and
Peyrot, p. 290, pl. 14, fig. 21.
1976 Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck; Metwally, p. 126,
pl. 4, fig. 3.
1989 Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck; El-Bedewy, p.
217, pl. 11, fig. 4.
1992 Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck; Abdel-Moneim, p.
113, pl. 3, fig. 6.
Material: One right valve and one left valve.
Dimensions: RV: L (1) 75mm.
: H (1) 75mm.
LV: L (1) 80mm.
: H (1) 80mm.
Description: Specimen of moderately large size, orbicular,
subequilateral. Right valve nearly flate; umbo orthogyrate, umbonal
region very slightly convex; cardinal line slightly concave; auricles
slightly equal, nearly smooth; anterior one subtriangular, rounded
anteriorly; posterior one truncated; anterio-dorsal and posterio-dorsal
100 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
sides nearly straight; ventral margin rounded forming half-circle; outer
surface ornamented with 11-12 weak, low, broad costae, separated by
rather narrow intercostal spaces; surface crossed with fine closed
concentric lamellae, more developed in the lower half of the valve. Left
valve nearly flate, umbo orthogyrate, umbonal region very slightly
convex; cardinal line straight; auricles slightly equal; anterio-dorsal and
posterio-dorsal sides nearly straight; ventral margin rounded forming
half-circle; outer surface ornamented with 11-12 weak , low, broad
costae, separated by rather narrow intercostal spaces; surface crossed
with fine closed concentric lamellae, more developed in the lower half of
the valve.
Occurrence: This species occurs only in Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 10.
Remarks: According to Moore (1969), the subgenus Amussiopecten
Sacco characterizes entirely the Lower Miocene of East Africa.
Distribution: This species is known in many localities in Europe and
characterizes mainly the Burdigalian of the Mediterranean Basin as
mentioned by Cossman and Peyrot (1914). In Egypt, it was recorded
from Matruh area by Metwally (1976); from the Middle Miocene of the
Cairo-Suez district by El-Bedewy (1989); and from the Sadat Formation
(Late Burdigalian) in the Sadat area by Abdel-Moneim (1992).
Age: Burdigalian.
Subgenus: Pecten (Flabellipecten) Sacco, 1897.
Type species: Ostrea flabelliformis Brocchi, 1814
Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi, 1809)
(pl. 4, figs. 1a, b)
101 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1912 Flabellipecten flabelliformis Brocchi; Depéret and Roman, p. 139,
pl. 18, figs. 1, 2.
1914 Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi); Cossman and
Peyrot, p. 285, pl. 12, fig. 29.
1976 Flabellipecten flabelliformis (Brocchi); Metwally, p. 123, pl. 3, fig. 5.
1992 Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi); Abdel-Moneim, p.
114, pl. 3, fig. 7.
Material: One mold for a complete shell, two right valves and one left
valve.
Dimensions: RV: L (3) 90mm, 88-92mm.
: H (3) 81.6mm, 78-84mm.
LV: L (2) 98.5mm, 88-109mm.
: H (2) 92mm, 78-106mm.
Description: Specimen of large size, orbicular, subequilateral. Right
valve slightly convex; umbo orthogyrate; umbonal region slightly
convex; cardinal line long, very slightly curved; auricles subequal,
anterior one slightly larger; antero-dorsal and postero-dorsal sides nearly
straight; ventral margin rounded forming half-circle; outer surface
ornamented with 20-22 costae, separated by narrow intervals. Left valve
slightly convex; umbo orthogyrate; umbonal region very slightly convex
to flate; auricles equal, triangular in shape, with very fine radial costules,
crossed with very fine closed concentric lamellae; cardinal line straight,
cardinal area long; antero-dorsal and postero-dorsal sides nearly straight;
ventral margin rounded forming half-circle; outer surface ornamented
with 20-22 costae, separated by narrow concave interspaces.
Occurrence: Few specimens of this species have been encountered from
Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 12; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 13.
102 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Distribution: Depéret and Roman (1902) mentioned that this species
was recorded in the Tortonian and Pliocene of Italy, Tunisia and
Algeria while Cossmann and Peyrot (1914) recorded it from the Miocene
of the Aquitanian Basin (France). In Egypt, Metwally (1976) mentioned
the presence of Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi) in the
Burdigalian of Matruh area; also, it was recorded from the Late
Burdigalian (Sadat Formation) in the Sadat area by Abdel-Moneim
(1992).
Age: Burdigalian.
Subgenus: Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) von Teppner, 1922.
Type species: Pecten subbenedictus Fontannes, 1878
Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus Lamarck, 1819
(pl. 4, figs. 2a, b)
1883 Pecten benedictus Lamarck; Fuchs, p. 35, pl. 20 (15), figs. 3-6.
1902 Pecten benedictus Lamarck; Depéret and Roman, p. 33, pl. 4,
figs. 1-5.
1972 Pecten benedictus Lamarck; Hamza, p. 87, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2.
1976 Pecten benedictus Lamarck; Metwally, p. 106, pl. 1, figs. 4a-d.
1989 Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus Lamarck; El-Bedewy, p.
221, pl. 12, fig. 5
1992 Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus Lamarck; Abdel-Moneim,
p. 115, pl. 3, fig. 9.
Material: Four right valves.
Dimentions: RV: L (4) 60.2mm, (38-77mm).
: H (4) 41.2mm, (34-69mm).
103 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Description: Right valve of medium to large-sized, semi-circular,
subequilateral, moderately convex; ventral margin forming almost half
circle with slightly incurved lateral sides; auricles subequal, anterior one
triangular, slightly smaller, with rounded outline, with 6-8 feebly radial
costules; posterior auricle slightly larger, crossed by concentric lamellae;
cardinal line straight; triangular resilial pit; two pairs of cardinal crura;
12 most prominent radial costae, wide, beecome low and broad near the
ventral margin, subrounded, separated by rather narrow flatten
interspaces; surface crossed by closed space fine concentric lamellae;
crenulated internal margin.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Gharra section, bed no.
10; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 13.
Distribution: According to Depéret and Roman (1902), Pecten
(Oppenheimopecten) benedictus Lamarck appears in the Burdigalian of
the Rhone Valley with small-sized individuals and becomes abundant in
the Upper Miocene with large-sized examples and it reaches its
maximum abundance in the Pliocene of Italy, Spain and Algeria. In
Egypt, it was recorded from the Pliocene by Fuchs (1883), Hamza
(1972), Metwally (1976), El-Bedewy (1989). Abdel-Moneim (1992)
recorded this species in the Sadat area from the Sadat and Hommath
formations (Late Burdigalian and Serravallian).
Age: Burdigalian.
Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) convexo-costatus Abich, 1857
(pl. 4, fig. 3)
1883 Pecten convexo-costatus Abich; Fuchs, p. 40, pl. 21 (16), figs. 1, 2.
1902 Pecten convexo-costatus Abich; Depéret and Roman, p. 55, pl. 6,
fig. 7.
104 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1976 Pecten convexo-costatus Abich; Metwally, p. 109, pl. 1, fig. 6.
1992 Pecten convexo-costatus Abich; Abdel-Moneim, p. 116, pl. 3, fig. 1.
Material: Five right valves.
Dimentions: RV: L (5) 53.5mm, (43-60mm).
: H (5) 48.7mm, (40-55mm).
Description: Right valve of medium to large size, subtriangular to
suborbicular, umbo orthogyral, incurved; umbonal area strongly convex;
lateral sides slightly curved; auricles equal, triangular, with smooth
concentric growth lines; cardinal line straight; surface ornamented with
13-14 primary ribs in addition to 3-4 less prominent ribs at the anterior
and posterior margins, ribs are semi-circular in cross-section; primary
ribs separated by slightly narrow concave interspaces.
Occurrence: This species occurs only in Gabal Geneifa section, bed
no. 13.
Distribution: Depéret and Roman (1902) recorded this species from the
Burdigalian of Arminia and Azrabigan. In Egypt, Fuchs (1883) recorded
it from the Middle Miocene of Geneifa; Metwally (1976) recorded it
from the Burdigalian rocks of the Salum and Matruh areas; Abdel-
Moneim (1992) recorded this specis from Sadat Formation (Late
Burdigalian) in the Sadat Quarry.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Superfamily: Anomiace Rafinesque, 1815
Family: Anomiidae Rafinesque, 1815
Genus: Anomia Linné, 1758
Type species: Anomia ephippium; SD Schmidt, 1818
Anomia burdigalensis Defrance
(Pl. 4, figs. 4a, b)
105 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1914 Anomia burdigalensis Defrance; Cossman and Peyrot, p. 402, pl.
22, figs. 10, 11, 18, 19.
Material: Well preserved two left valves.
Dimensions: LV: Length (2) 28mm, 26-30mm
: Height (2) 32mm, 27-37mm.
Description: Left valve of small to moderate size, suborbicular, nearl
convex, curved anterior margin, truncatd posterior margin, irregular
outline; hinge short; short ligamental area, monomyarian; subcentral
adductor muscle scar; surface ornamented with radial striae.
Occurrence: This species appears in Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 12;
Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 13.
Distribution: It was recorded from the Neogene of the Aquitan Province
by Cossman and Peyrot (1914).
Age: Burdigalian.
Subgenus: Anomia (Anomia) Linné, 1758
Type species: Anomia (A.) ephippium Linné, 1758
Anomia (Anomia) ephippium Linné, 1758 subsp. rugulosostriata
Brocchi, 1814
(Pl. 4, fig. 5)
1910 Anomia ephippium Linné var. rugulosostriata Brocchi; Schaffer,
pl. 12, figs. 5-7.
1914 Anomia ephippium Linné var. rugulosostriata Brocchi; Cossmann
and Peyrot, p.407, pl. 22, figs. 16, 17.
1920 Anomia ephippium Linné var. rugulosostriata Brocchi; Dollfus and
Dautzenberg, pl. 47, figs. 11-19.
106 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1992 Anomia ephippium Linné var. rugulosostriata Brocchi; Abdel-
Moneim, p. 118, pl. 4, fig. 1.
Material: Well preserved one left valve.
Dimensions: LV: Length (1) 32mm.
: Height (1) 28mm.
Description: Left valve of small size, suborbicular, nearl cup-shapped,
curved anterior margin, truncated posterior margin, irregular outline;
hinge short; short ligamental area, monomyarian; subcentral adductor
muscle scar; surface ornamented with radial striae.
Occurrence: Only one specimen of this subspecies has been recorded in
Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 13.
Remarks: The subspecies Anomia (Anomia) ephippium Linné var.
rugulosostriata Brocchi differs from Anomia burdigalensis Defrance, by
its slightly arched hinge and more extended posterior margin.
Distribution: This species recorded by Schaffer (1910) from the
Miocene of Eggenberg and the Helvetian of Algeria; from the Neogene
of the Aquitan Province by Cossman and Peyrot (1914) and from the
Miocene of France by Dollfus and Dautzenberg (1920). In Egypt, it was
recorded from the Miocene of the Sadat area by Abdel-Moneim (1992).
Age: Burdigalian.
Suborder: Ostreina Ferussac, 1822
Superfamily: Ostreacea Rafinesque, 1815
Family: Ostreidae Rafinesque, 1815
Subfamily: Ostreinae Rafinesque, 1815
Genus: Crassostrea Sacco, 1897
Type species: Ostrea (Crassostrea) virginica (Gmelin, 1791)
107 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs, 1883
(Pl. 4, figs. 6a, b)
1955 Ostrea (Cubitostrea) frondosa De Serres var. Rohlfsi; Said and
Yallouze, p. 65, pl. 1, figs. 6-10
1966 Ostrea frondosa var. rohlfsi Fuchs; Cherif, pl. 8, fig. 5; pl. 6, figs.
1, 3.
1966 Ostrea frondosa var. rohlfsi Fuchs; Hamam, pl. 9, fig. 3.
1968 Ostrea frondosa De Serres var. rohlfsi Fuchs; El-Gamal, p. 161,
pl. 16, figs. 1-3, 6, 7
1972 Ostrea frondosa rohlfsi Fuchs; Cherif, p. 105, pl. 2, figs. 4, 8, 10;
pl. 3, fig. 5
1992 Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs; Abdel-
Moneim, p. 122, pl. 4, fig. 7
Material: Eight double-valved shells, 58 right valves and 35 left valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (66) 44.5mm, 24-67mm.
: H (66) 53.5mm, 40-88mm.
LV: L (43) 50.9mm, 21-90mm.
: H (43) 62.5mm, 22-102mm.
Description: Shell of medium size, slightly posteriorly incurved, slightly
dorsally-ventrally elongated, valves of medium thickness; subtriangular
ligamental area, with shallow, posteriorly incurved reselium pit;
opithogyrate; dysodont; monomyarian, moderate size, semi-circular,
shallow adductor muscle scar. Right valve with smooth internal margin;
outer surface ornamented with concentric growth lines. Left valve with
crenulated internal margin; outer surface ornamented with 19-20
crenulated radial ribs radiating from the umbonal area. Generally, the left
108 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
valve is slightly thicker than the right valve. In some cases, some
individuals characterized by incrusting Balanus perforatus.
Occurrence: Common members of this species have been found in
Gabal Geneifa section, beds no. 5, 9, 13 and 14; Gabal Gharra section in
beds no. 6, 12, 13, 14 and 15; Gabal Homeira section, beds no. 11, 13, 16
and 18.
Remarks: This form occurs abundantly in Gabal Geneifa section, bed
no. 5; in Gabal Homeira section, beds 11, 16 and, 18; and Gabal Gharra
section, bed no. 14. It is worth to mention that it present in its
embryonic stages in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 11; and Gabal
Gharra section, bed no. 6.
Distribution: This subspecies was recorded by many authors from
different Egyptian Miocene localities as the Miocene of the North
Western Desert (El-Gamal, 1968); from the Miocene of the Cairo–Suez
district (Said and Yallouze, 1955) and (Hamam, 1966); and from the
Miocene of the Sadat area by Cherif (1966 and 1972) and Abdel-
Moneim (1992). The last author recorded it from the Sadat and
Hommath formations (Late Burdigalian and Serravallian).
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Genus: Alectryonella Sacco in Bellardi and Sacco, 1897
Type species: Ostrea plicatula Gmelin, 1791
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes, 1833
(Pl. 5, figs. 1a, b)
1883 Ostrea virleti Deshayes; Fuchs, p. 43, pl. 9(4), figs. 1-6; pl. 10(5),
figs. 1-4.
1927 Ostrea virleti Deshayes; Cox, p. 66, pl. 11, figs. 1, 2; pl. 16, fig. 1.
109 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1929 Ostrea plicatula Gmelin var. virleti Deshayes; Desio, pl. 36, fig. 4.
1955 Ostrea (Alectryonia) plicatula Gmelin var. virleti Deshayes; Said
and Yallouze, p. 67, pl. 2, figs. 5,6.
1962 Ostrea virleti Deshayes; Said, pl. 9, fig. 1.
1966 Ostrea (Lopha) plicatula var. virleti Deshayes; Cherif, pl. 8, figs.
1, 3; pl. 10, figs. 1, 3, 7
1966 Ostrea plicatula var. virleti Deshayes; Hamam, pl. 9, figs. 1, 4.
1968 Ostrea (Lopha) plicatula var. virleti Deshayes; El-Gamal, p. 166,
pl. 16, fig. 4.
1972 Ostrea (Lopha) plicatula var. virleti Deshayes; Cherif, p. 108,
pl. 2, figs. 1, 3, 7; pl. 3, figs. 1, 3.
1992 Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Dshayes; Abdel-
Moneim, p. 124, pl. 5, figs. 2a, b.
1999 Ostrea virleti Deshayes; El-Shazly and Saber, p. 327, pl. 3, fig. 3.
Material: Nine double-valved shells, 56 right valves and 41 left valves.
Dimensions: RV: L (65) 67.6mm, 45-105mm.
: H (65) 78.5mm, 52-107mm.
LV: L (50) 76.7mm, 46-117mm.
: H (50) 92mm, 55-123mm.
Description: Shell of medium to large size, slightly dorsally-ventrally
elongated, truncated posterior margin; opithogyrate; dysodont;
subtriangular ligamental area; posteriorly incurved reselium pit; shallow
to moderate umbonal cavity; deep, semi-circular, medium to large size
adductor muscle scar. Right and left valves are of moderate thickness to
thick. Both valves with smooth internal surface; outer surface of each
ornamented with 10-12 crenulated radial ribs radiating from the umbonal
area.
110 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Occurrence: Members of this species occur in Gabal Geneifa section in
beds 5, 13 and 14; Gabal Gharra section in beds 6, 10, 12, 13, 14 and
15; Gabal Homeira section in beds 11, 13, 16 and 18.
Remarks: El-Shazly (1987) related the type virleti to the genus
Flemingostrea, this is not correct from two openions. Firstly, the genus
Flemingostrea is characterized by adductor muscle scar with the
following features: concave to straight upper surface, near to the ventral
and posterior margins. These features are not found in the type virleti
whose adductor muscle scar with convex upper surface, near to the
dorsal side than the ventral margin. Secondly, the genus Flemingostrea,
there is no attitude from the organisms to develop over each others. But
in this study, we found that some organisms developed their left valve
over the right valve of other organisms. The above mentioned made the
author to relate the type virleti to Alectryonella and not to the genus
Flemingostrea as mentioned by El-Shazly (1987).
In the present study, this subspecies is abundant in Gabal Geneifa
section, beds no. 5 and 13; Gabal Homeira section, beds 11, 13, 16 and
18; Gabal Gharra section, beds no. 10, 13 and 14. The collected
individuals from bed no. 16 (Homeira section) and beds no. 13 and 14
(Gharra section) are characterized by large sizes and thick valves. While
those which were collected from bed no. 5 (Geneifa section), bed no. 13
(Homeira section) and bed no. 10 (Gharra section) are characterized by
large sizes and moderate valve thickness.
Distribution: Many authors recorded this subspecies from many
Egyptian Miocene localities. Fuchs (1883) recorded it from the Middle
Miocene of Siwa Oasis and Gabal Geneifa. It was recorded from the
Miocene of the North Western Desert by Desio (1929), Said (1962) and
El-Gamal (1968). From the Cairo–Suez district, it was recorded by Said
111 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
and Yallouze (1955) and Hamam (1966). From the Sadat area,
Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes was recorded
by Cherif (1966 and 1972) and Abdel-Moneim (1992). These authors
referred the rocks bearing this speices to the Burdigalian–Tortonian.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Subclass: Heterodonta Neumayr, 1884
Order: Veneroida H. Adams & A. Adams, 1856
Superfamily: Lucinacea Fleming, 1828
Family: Lucinidae Fleming, 1828
Subfamily: Lucininae Fleming, 1828
Genus: Lucina Bruguiére, 1797
Type species: Venus jamaicensis Spengler, 1784; subsequent
designation, Gray, 1874.
Lucina sp.
(Pl. 5, fig. 2)
Material: Three moderately preserved internal molds.
Dimensions: Mold : Length (3) 61mm, 58-65mm.
: Height (3) 51mm, 48-55mm.
Descriptin: Internal mold of medium size, equivalve, slightly
inequilateral, oval to subtrapezoidal, slightly flattened; hinge with two
cardinals, hinge line large, slightly curved, more curved in its posterior
part; prosogyrate; smooth internal surface.
Occurrence: This species occurs in Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 6.
Age: Burdigalian.
Genus: Linga De Gregorio, 1884
112 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Type species: Lucina columbella Lamarck, 1819; subsequent
designation, Sacco, 1889.
Subgenus: Linga (Linga) De Gregorio, 1884
Linga (Linga) columbella (Lamarck, 1819)
(Pl. 5, fig. 3)
1870 Lucina columbella Lamarck; Hornes, pl. 33, fig. 4.
1909 Lucina (Linga) columbella (Lamarck); Dollfus and Dautzenberg, p.
251, pl. 17, figs. 12-15.
1992 Linga (Linga) columbella (Lamarck); Abdel-Moneim, p. 128, pl. 6,
fig. 3.
Material: One moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold: Length (1) 50mm.
: Height (1) 44mm.
Descriptin: Internal mold of medium size, subrounded to oval,
equivalve; inequilateral; hinge line slightly curved, with two cardinals;
peak prosogyrate; valves ornamented by concentric growth lines.
Occurrence: This species appears in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 13.
Distribution: Linga (Linga) columbella (Lamarck) was recorded from
the Miocene of Vienna Basin (Hornes, 1870), and from the Middle
Miocene of France (Dollfus and Dautzenberg, 1909). In Egypt, it was
recorded from the Serravallian of Hommath Formation in the Sadat area
by Abdel-Moneim (1992).
Age: Burdigalian.
Family: Ungulinidae Adams & Adams, 1857
Genus: Diplodonta Bronn, 1831
113 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Type species: Venus lupinus Brocchi, 1814 (non Linné, 1758)
Diplodonta sp.
(Pl. 5, fig. 4)
Material: Two moderately preserved internal molds.
Dimensions: Mold : Length (2) 28mm, 24-32mm.
: Height (2) 22mm, 20-24mm.
Description: Internal mold of medium size, subtrigonal to oblong in
outline, equivalve, inequilateral; hinge line slightly curved, with two
developed oblique cardinals; peak prosogyrate.
Occurrence: This species appear only in Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 13.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Superfamily: Cardiacea Lamarck, 1809
Family: Cardiidae Lamarck, 1809
Subfamily: Cardiinae Lamarck, 1809
Genus: Cardium Linne′, 1758
Cardium sp.
(Pl. 5, fig. 5)
Material: Twelve moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold : Length (12) 48mm, 35-52mm.
: Height (12) 48mm, 36-51mm.
Descriptin: Internal molds of medium size, subrounded to subquadrate,
shell gaping at posterior margin; hinge line long, straight to moderately
curved; peak nearly central; orthogyrate; molds with faint print for radial
ribs which reflect the inner surface of the valves.
114 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Occurrence: Specimens of this species have been recorded in Gabal
Gharra section, bed no. 13; Gabal Homeira section, beds no. 11, 13, 16
and 19.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Genus: Acanthocardia Gray, 1851
Type species: Cardium aculeatum Linné, 1758; subsequent designation,
Stoliczka, 1870.
Subgenus: Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) Gray, 1851
Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata (Sowerby, 1839)
(Pl. 5, fig. 6)
1912 Cardium paucicostatum Sowerby; Cossmann and Peyrot, p. 478,
pl. 20, fig. 30.
1986 Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata (Sowerby);
Studencka, p. 65, pl. 10, figs. 1-2.
1992 Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata (Sowerby); Abdel-
moneim, p. 130, pl. 10, fig. 6.
Material: One moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold: Length (1) 38mm.
: Height (1) 44mm.
Descriptin: Internal mold of medium size, semicircular to oval,
elongated, higher than long, equivalve, subequilateral, anterodorsal
margin shorter than the posterodorsal margin; umbo median,
prosogyrate; hinge line nearly straight; mold reflects very convex valves,
very convex umbonal area, mold have print for 14-16 radial ribs in its
lower half which reflec the inner ornamentation of the valves.
115 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Occurrence: This subspecies is recorded only in Gabal Homeira
section, bed no. 11.
Distribution: The form in question is known from the Middle Miocene
of France (Cossmann and Peyrot, 1912) and from the Middle Miocene of
South Poland (Studencka, 1986). In Egypt, it was recorded from
Serravallian of the Hommath Formation in the Sadat area by Abdel-
Moneim (1992).
Age: Burdigalian.
Superfamily: Mactracea Lamarck, 1908
Family: Mactridae Lamarck, 1908
Subfamily: Lutrariinae Adams & Adams, 1856
Genus: Lutraria Lamarck, 1799
Type species: Mya lutraria Linne, 1758
Lutraria sp.
(Pl. 5, fig. 7)
Material: Nine moderately preserved internal molds.
Dimensions: Mold : Length (9) 45mm, 40-49mm.
: Height (9) 33mm, 30-37mm.
Description: Molds of medium size, anteriorly-posteriorly elongated,
inequilateral, subequivalves; valves slightly gaping; prosogyrate; hinge
line slightly curved.
Occurrence: Members of this species are present only in Gabal Gharra
section, bed no. 13.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Superfamily: Tellinacea de Blainville, 1814
116 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Family: Tellinidae de Blainville, 1814
Subfamily: Macominae Olsson, 1961
Genus: Gastrana Schumacher, 1817
Type species: Gastrana donacina = Tellina obildgaardiana Spengler,
1798; subsequent designation Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfus, 1898.
Gastrana sp.
(Pl. 5, fig. 8)
Material: Three moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold : Length (3) 33mm, 30-35mm.
: Height (3) 32mm, 29-34mm.
Description: Mold of moderate size, oblique, ovate to subrounded,
inequilateral; peak prosogyrate.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, bed no.
13; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby)
(Pl. 5, fig. 9)
1914 Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby); Cossmann and Peyrot, p. 445, pl.
24, figs. 13-14.
1992 Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby); Abdel-Moneim, p. 134, pl. 6, fig. 12.
Material: Two moderately preserved internal molds.
Dimensions: Mold: Length (2) 35.5mm, 30-41mm.
: Height (2) 27.5mm, 24-31mm.
117 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Description: Mold of small to medium size, elongate; inequilateral,
slightly inequivalve, left valve is little larger; peaks a little anterior to
midline, opisthogyrate.
Occurrence: This species occurs in Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 13;
Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19.
Distribution: Cossmann and Peyrot (1914) recorded this species from
the Miocene (Helvetian) of the Aquitaine Province, France; Abdel-
Moneim (1992) recorded it from the Hommath Formation (Serravallian)
in the Sadat area.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Family: Psammobiidae Fleming, 1828
Subfamily: psammobiinae Fleming, 1828
Genus: Gari Schumacher, 1817
Type species: Gari vulgaris = solen amethystus Wood, 1815
Gari sp.
(Pl. 6, fig. 1)
Material: One moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold: Length (1) 56mm.
: Height (1) 37mm.
Description: Mold of moderate size, inequilateral, valves more or less
equal, ovate, anteriorly-posteriorly elongated; peak prosogyrate.
Occurrence: This species appears only in Gabal Gharra section, bed
no. 13.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
118 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Family: Solecurtidae d’Orbigny, 1846
Subfamily: Solecurtinae d’Orbigny, 1846
Genus: Azorinus Recluz, 1869
Type species: Solen coarctatus Gmelin, 1791
Azorinus sp.
(Pl. 6, fig. 2)
Material: One moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold: Length (1) 43mm.
: Height (1) 18mm.
Description: Mold of moderate size, elongated; peak subcentral, ventral
margin straight; dorsal margin slightly curved at peak region.
Occurrence: This species is recorded only in Gabal Geneifa section, bed
no. 5.
Age: Burdigalian.
Superfamily: Veneracea Rafinesque, 1815
Family: Veneridae Rafinesque, 1815
Subfamily: Tapetinae Adams & Adams, 1857
Genus: Paphia Röding, 1798
Type species: Paphia alapapiliomis (= Venus rotundata Linné, 1758);
subsequent designation Dall, 1902.
Subgenus: Paphia (Callistotapes) Sacco, 1900
Type species: Venus vetula Bastrot, 1825; original designation
Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot, 1825)
(Pl. 6, fig. 3)
1870 Tapes vetula Bastrot; Hornes, pl. 11, fig. 1.
119 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1906 Tapes vetula Bastrot; Dollfus and Dautzenberg, p. 176, pl. 12,
figs. 1-6.
1910 Tapes vetula Bastrot; Schaffer, pl. 41, figs. 1-4.
1912 Tapes (Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot); Cossmann and Peyrot, p.
306, pl. 11, figs. 34-36.
1992 Pahia (Callistotapes)vetula (Bastrot); Abdel-Moneim, p. 136, pl.
7, fig. 3.
Material: Two moderately preserved internal molds.
Dimensions: Mold: Length (2) 67.5mm, 65-70mm
: Height (2) 46.5mm, 44-49mm.
Description: Mold of moderate size, ovally-elliptical, equivalve,
strongly inequilateral, anteriorly-posteriorly elongated; peak anterior,
prosogyrate.
Occurrence: This subspecies is present in Gabal Gharra section, bed no.
13; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 11.
Distribution: This species occurs in the Miocene of many areas in the
Mediterranean region and in Europe. Hornes (1870) recorded it from
Vienna basin; Dollfus and Dautzenberg (1906) mentioned that it is
present in the Miocene of France, Swiss, Bavaria, Austria, Transylvania,
Portugal, Egypt as well as in the Tortonian of Rhone Valley and Italy.
Also, it was recorded from the Eggenburg by Schaffer (1910) and from
the Aquitaine Basin by Cossmann and Peyrot (1912). In Egypt, it was
recorded from the Hommath Formation (Serravallian) in the Sadat area
by Abdel-Moneim (1992).
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Subfamily: Clementiinae Frizzel, 1936
120 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Genus: Clementia Gray, 1842
Type species: Venus papyracea Gray, 1825; SD Gray, 1847.
Clementia sp.
(Pl. 6, fig. 4)
Material: One moderately preserved internal mold.
Dimensions: Mold: Length (1) 54mm.
: Height (1) 43mm.
Descriptin: Mold of medium size, equivalve, strongly inequilateral,
ovate; peak anterior (prosogyrate); anterio-lateral side shorter and more
stepper than the posterio-lateral side; surface ornamented with concentric
growth lines.
Occurrence: Occurs only in Gabal Gharra section, beds no. 12 and 13.
Age: Early Miocene
Subfamily: Pitarinae Stewart, 1930
Genus: Callista Poli, 1791
Type species: Venus choine Linne, 1758; SD Meek, 1876.
Subgenus: C. (Costacallista) Palmer, 1927
Type species: Venus erycina Linne, 1758; OD
Callista (Costacallista) erycina (Linne, 1758).
(Pl. 6, fig. 5)
1870 Cytherea erycina Lamarck; Hornes, p. 137, pl. 19, figs. 1,2.
1883 Cytherea erycina Lamarck; Fuchs, p. 39.
1910 Callista erycina Linné; Schaffer, pl. 36, figs. 6-9.
1992 Callista (Costacallista) erycina (Linne); Abdel-Moneim, p. 135,
pl. 7, fig. 2.
121 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Material: Two moderately preserved internal molds.
Dimension: Mold: Length (2) 57mm, 54-60mm
: Height (2) 39.5mm, 39-40mm.
Description: Mold of medium size, equivalve, strongly inequilateral,
ovate to trigonal, slightly elongated; peak anterior, prosogyrate; anterio-
lateral side is shorter & more steo than the posterio lateral side.
Occurrence: This form is recorded only in Gabal Gharra section, bed
no. 13.
Distribution: This species was recorded from the Miocene of Vienna
Basin (Hornes, 1870) and from the Miocene of Eggenburg (Schaffer,
1910. In Egypt, it was recorded from the Miocene of Siwa Oasis (Fuchs,
1883) and from the Miocene of Sadat area (Abdel-Moneim, 1992).
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Subclass: Anomalodesmata Dall, 1889
Order: Pholadomyoida Newell, 1965
Superfamily: Clavagellacea d’Orbigny, 1844
Family: Clavagellidae d’Orbigny, 1843
Genus: Clavagella Lamarck, 1818
Type species: Clavagella echinata; SD Children, 1823.
Subgenus: C. (Stirpulina) Stoliczka, 1870
Type species: C. coronata Deshayes, 1824; OD
Clavagella sp.
(Pl. 6, fig. 6)
Material: Three moderately preserved internal molds.
122 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Description: Moderately preserved mold reflects a left valve fixed to
siphonal tube with extended end, right valve free, anterior end with
tubules formed only in terminal corona.
Occurrence: This species recorded in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Class: Gastropoda Cuvier, 1797
Subclass: Prosobranchia Milne-Edwards, 1848
Order: Mesogastropoda
Superfamily: Cyclophoracea
Family: Ampullariidae
Genus: Lanistes Montfort, 1810
Type species: Lanistes (Lanistes) carinatus (Oliver)
Subgenus: Lanistes
Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudi Abbass, 1977
(pl. 6, fig. 7)
1977 Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudi Abbass, p. 113, pl. 3, figs. 12, 13.
Description: Mold of small size, planispiral, sinistrally coiled with
slightly raised spire; whorl outline convex, separated by deep sutures;
last whorl large with rounded sides; umbilicus wide, aperture not
complete.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Homeira section, bed
no. 19.
Distribution: This form recorded in Egypt as a new one by Abbass
(1977) from the Helvetian-Tortonian (Upper Hommath Member) in
Sadat area.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
123 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Superfamily: Cerithiacea Fleming, 1822
Family: Turritellidae Clark, 1851
Genus: Turritella Lamarck, 1799
Type species: Turritella terebra (Linné), 1758
Subgenus: Turritella Turritella Lamarck, 1799
Turritella (Turritella) cleevelyi Abbass, 1977
(pl. 6, fig. 8)
1977 Turritella (Turritella) cleevelyi Abbass; p. 114, pl. 2, figs. 7-9.
Description: Mold of small size, turriculate; spire high, narrow,
consisting of numerous whorls; whorl outline strongly convex with deep
sutures.
Occurrence: This species recorded in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 11.
Distribution: Abbass (1977) described this species from the
Vindobonian in Geneifa area (Lower Genefe Member).
Age: Burdigalian.
Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck, 1799
(pl. 6, fig. 9)
1955 Turritella terebralis Lamarck; Said and Yallouze, p. 57, pl. 4,
fig. 15.
1966 Turritella terebralis Lamarck; Cherif, pl. 13, fig. 14.
1966 Turritella terebralis Lamarck; Hamam, pl. 10, figs. 1, 3, 7.
1968 Turritella terebralis Lamarck; El-Gamal, p. 168, pl. 20, figs. 5-7.
124 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1972 Turritella terebralis Lamarck; Cherif, p. 112, pl. 6, fig. 14.
1992 Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck; Abdel-Moneim, p. 139,
pl. 7, fig. 8.
Description: Mold of small to medium size, turriform, moderate spire,
body whorl medium, subrounded basal aperture.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Gharra section, bed no.
13; Gabal Homeira section, beds no. 11 and 19.
Distribution: Turritella terebralis Lamarck was recorded from the
Miocene rocks of many Egyptian localitis. It was recorded from the
North Western Desert by El-Gamal (1968); from Agrud area by Hamam
(1966); from the Middle Miocene of Gabal Oweibid by Said and
Yallouze (1955); and from the Sadat area by Cherif (1966 and 1972),
and Abdel-Moneim (1992). The last author recorded it from the
Hommath Formation.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Subgenus: Eichwaldiella Friedberg, 1933
Type species: Turritella (Eichwaldiella) bicarinata Eichwald
Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass, 1977
(pl. 7, fig. 1)
1977 Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass; p. 115, pl. 2, figs. 6, 12, 13.
1992 Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass; Abdel-Moneim, p. 141,
pl. 7, fig. 10.
Description: Mold of medium size, turriculate; spire narrow, consists of
many whorls; whorl outline convex with two carina, separated by wider
interspaces; suture linear, deep.
125 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Occurrence: This species occurs only in Gabal Homeira section, bed
no. 11.
Distribution: Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass was recorded in
Egypt as a new species by Abbass (1977) from the Helvetian in Ramlyia
in Sadat area from the Lower Hommath Member. Also, it recorded by
Abdel-Moneim (1992) from the Hommath Formation in the Sadat area
from the Serravallian.
Age: Burdigalian.
Superfamily: Cypraecea
Family: Cypreaadae
Genus: Luria Jousseaume, 1884
Type species: Luria (Luria) lurida (Linné)
Subgenus: Luria
Luria (Luria) salwae Abbass, 1977
(pl. 6, fig. 10)
1977 Luria (Luria) salwae Abbass; p. 129, pl. 5, fig. 14.
Description: Mold of small size, cypraeaform, convolute external cast,
with shallow apical umbilicus; whorl inflated posteriorly; outer lip forms
even curve; aperture long and narrow.
Occurrence: This species appears in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19.
Distribution: Abbass (1977) described this species from the Helvetian
in Ramlyia in Sadat area from the Upper Sadat Member.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
126 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Superfamily: Naticacea
Family: Naticidae
Subfamily: Globularinae
Genus: Ampullina Bowditch, 1822
Type species: Ampullina depressa (Lamarck)
Subgenus: Pseudamaura P. Fischer, 1885
Type species: Ampullina (Pseudamaura) bulbiformis (Sowerby)
Ampullina (Pseudamaura) maedai Abbass, 1977
(pl. 6, fig. 11)
1977 Ampullina (Pseudamaura) maedai Abbass; p. 129, pl. 5, fig. 9.
Description: Mold of small size, subglobular with short pointed,
gradately conical spire; whorl convex with deep concave shoulder;
suture deep; body whorl large, globular, with deeply concave posterior
shoulder, strongly convex sides and base; aperture narrow rounded
posteriorly, wide anteriorly.
Occurrence: This species is recorded only in Gabal Geneifa section, bed
no. 13.
Distribution: Ampullina (Pseudamaura) maedai Abbass was recorded
in Egypt as a new one by Abbass (1977) from the Helvetian in Ramlyia
in Sadat area from the Lower Hommath Member.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Ampullina (Pseudamaura) macfaydeni Abbass, 1977
(pl. 6, fig. 12)
1977 Ampullina (Pseudamaura) macfaydeni Abbass; p. 130, pl. 5, fig. 8.
127 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Description: Mold of small size, globular; spire low, slightly raised
above body whorl; whorl slightly convex with moderately deep suture;
body whorl large, forming the greater part of the shell with strongly
convex sides, with subrounded base; aperture crescentic, angular
posteriorly, widely rounded anteriorly.
Occurrence: Only one mold of this form have been encountered from
Geneifa section, bed no. 9.
Distribution: This species recorded in Egypt as a new one by Abbass
(1977) from the Helvetian in Ramlyia in Sadat area from the Lower
Hommath Member.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Subfamily: Naticininae
Genus: Natica Scopoli, 1777
Type species: Natica (Natica) citellus Linné, 1758
Natica sp.
(pl. 7, fig. 2)
Description: Mold of small size, naticoid, naticoid, spire with 2-3
whorls, large and inflated body whorl.
Occurrence: This species recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, bed no. 9.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Natica cf. millepunctata Lamarck, 1822
(pl. 7, fig. 3)
1856 Natica Millepunctata Lamarck; Hornes, pl. 47, figs. 1, 2.
128 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1883 Natica sp. cf. Millepunctata Lamarck; Fuchs, p. 19 (37).
1966 Natica Millepunctata Lamarck; Cherif, pl. 13, figs. 3, 6.
1966 Natica Millepunctata Lamarck; Hamam, pl. 10, fig. 21.
1972 Natica Millepunctata Lamarck; Cherif, p. 112, pl. 6, figs. 3, 6.
1992 Natica cf. Millepunctata Lamarck; Abdel-Moneim, p. 144, pl. 7,
fig. 15.
Description: Internal mold of small size, naticoid, trochoid, spire with 2-
3 whorls, sutures depressed.
Occurrence: The specimen belonging to this species is recorded in
Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 6.
Distribution: This species was recorded from the Miocene of Vienna
Basin by Hornes (1856). It was recorded from many Egyptian Miocene
localities such as the Middle Miocene of Siwa Oasis by Fuchs (1883);
the Burdigalian of Agrud area by Hamam (1966); from the Tortonian of
the Sadat area by Cherif (1966) who recorded it again (1972) from the
Serravallian of the Sadat area; and later Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded
it from the Hommath Formation in the Sadat area (Serravallian).
Age: Burdigalian.
Superfamily: Tonnacea
Family: Bursidae
Genus: Bursa (Bolten) Röding, 1798
Type species: Bursa bufonia (Gmelin)
Bursa faizae Abbass, 1977
(pl. 7, fig. 4)
1977 Bursa faizae Abbass; p. 132, pl. 6, figs. 12, 13.
129 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Description: Mold of medium size, fusiform external cast; spire short,
small, consisting of three whorls; whorl outline convex, strongly curved
posteriorly; suture deep; body whorl large, strongly inflated posteriorly
with side curving anteriorly into short peak; aperture not preserved.
Occurrence: This species occurs in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 11.
Distribution: Abbass (1977) recorded this species in Egypt as a new
species from the Burdigalian of Agrud area in the Cairo-Suez area.
Age: Burdigalian.
Family: Ficidae
Genus: Ficus Bolten, 1798
Type species: Ficus communis Bolten, 1798
Ficus reticulatus (Lamarck, 1799)
(pl. 7, fig. 5)
1856 Pyrula reticulata Lamarck; Hornes, pl. 28, figs. 1-3.
1966 Ficus reticulata (Lamarck); Hamam, pl. 10, figs. 14-25.
1966 Ficus reticulatum (Lamarck); Cherif, pl. 13, fig. 8.
1972 Ficus reticulatum (Lamarck); Cherif, p. 114, pl. 6, fig. 8.
1992 Ficus reticulatus (Lamarck); Abdel-Moneim, p. 145, pl. 8, fig. 1.
Description: Internal mold of medium size; trochoidal, very low spire,
body whorl large, consistig the greater part of specimen, highly inflated
posteriorly; aperture longitudinal; outer lip slightly curved.
Occurrence: This species appears only in Gabal Homeira section, bed
no. 13.
130 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Destribution: Ficus reticulatus (Lamarck) was recorded from the
Miocene of Vienna Basin by Hornes (1856). In Egypt, it was recorded
from the Middle Miocene of Agrud area Hamam (1966); from the Sadat
area Cherif (1966 and 1972) and Abdel-Moneim (1992). The last author
recorded it from the Serravallian from the Hommath Formation.
Age: Burdigalian.
Subgenus: Trophosycon Cooper
Type species: Ficus (Trophosycon) kenianus (Cooper)
Ficus sp.
(pl. 7, fig. 6)
Description: Mold of small to medium size; trochoidal, naticoid; spire
very low, slightly raised above posterior side of last whorl; last whorl
large, consisting the greater part of specimen, highly inflated posteriorly,
contracted anteriorly into long narrow beak.
Occurrence: This species occur in Gabal Homeira section, beds no. 11
and 19.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Order: Neogastropoda Thiele, 1925
Superfamily: Volutacea
Family: Olividae
Subfamily: Olivinae
Genus: Oliva Martyn, 1786
Type species: Oliva (Oliva) corticata Martyn
Subgenus: Neocylindrus P. Fischer, 1883
Type species: Oliva (Neocylindrus) tessellata Lamarck
131 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Oliva (Neocylindrus) wagihi Abbass, 1977
(pl. 7, fig. 7)
1977 Oliva (Neocylindrus) wagihi Abbass; p. 143, pl. 7, figs. 7, 8.
Description: Mold of small size; convolute; spire short, conical,
consisting of three whorls; whorls low with nearly straight sides; sutures
almost superficial; body whorl consisting the greater part of the shell;
aperture long, narrow, angular posteriorly, wide anteriorly, thickened at
the margin.
Occurrence: This subspecies has been recorded only in Gabal Homeira
section, bed no. 19.
Distribution: Abbass (1977) recorded this subspecies in Egypt as a new
one from the Helvetian in the Geneifa area from the Lower Genefe
Member.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Superfamily: Conacea
Family: Conidae
Subfamily: Coninae
Genus: Conus Linné 1758
Type species: Conus (Conus) marmoreus Linne', 1758
Subgenus: Conus (Lithoconus) Morch, 1852
Type species: Conus (Lithoconus) millepunctatus Linne', 1758
Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, 1841
(pl. 7, fig. 8)
1856 Conus Mercati Brocchi; Hornes, pl. 2, figs. 1-3.
132 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
1883 Conus sp. cf. Mercati Brocchi; Fuchs, p. 36.
1910 Conus (Lithoconus) Mercati Brocchi; Cerilli- Irelli, P. 48, PL. 4,
fig. 47.
1966 Conus mercati Brochhi; Cherif, pl. 13, figs. 4, 10.
1966 Conus cf. C. mercati Brochhi; Hamam, pl. 10, fig. 2.
1972 Conus mercati Brocchi; Cherif, p.116, pl.6, figs. 4, 10.
1977 Conus mercati Brocchi; El-Bedewy, p.143, pl. 13, figs. 2, 4, 6.
1992 Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, Abdel-Moneim, p. 148, pl .
8, fig. 5.
Description: Mold of medium to large size, biconical; spire low,
conical, consisting of numerous whorls; suture nearly superficial; body
whorl large, consisting the greater part of shell; aperture narrow, long;
outerlip almost straight; innerlip straight, parallel to outerlip.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, bed no. 13;
Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 10; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 13.
Remarks: Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi is well known from the
Miocene of many Egyptian localities. Recently, it is accepted that Conus
is a Pliocene to Recent genus (Davies, 1971). However the previous
authors with few exceptions as Cerilli-Irelli (1910), didn't use the
subgenera of this genus. Here, the subgenus Lithoconus which is
characterized by a flat to low-coeloconid spire is used.
Distribution: This species was recorded from the Miocene of Vienna
Basin by Hornes (1856) and from the Miocene of Italy by Cerilli-Irelli
(1910). In Egypt, Fuchs (1883) recorded this species from the Miocene
of Siwa Oasis and the Pliocene of Giza; Hamam (1966) recorded it from
the Burdigalian of the Agrud area; Cherif (1966 and 1972) recorded it
from the Middle and Upper Miocene of the Sadat area; El-Bedewy
133 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
(1977) recorded it from the Middle Miocene of Gabal El-Rusas in
Qosseir-Marsa Alam area; and Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded it from
the Hommath Formation in the Sadat area.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Subgenus: Conus (Conolithus) Herrmannsen, 1847
Type species: Conus (Conolithus) antedilucianus Bruguiere
Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio, 1929
(pl. 7, fig. 9)
1929 Conus (Dendroconus) melficus Desio, p. 279, pl. 37, fig. 4.
1966 Conus melficus Desio; Hamam, pl. 10, fig. 9.
1992 Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio; Abdel-Moneim, p. 149, pl. 8,
fig. 6.
Description: Mold of small size, biconical; spire conical with concave
sides, numerous low whorls; suture subcardinal; body whorl high,
conical, with narrow concave posterior shoulder; aperture narrow, long;
parallel inner and outer lips.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Homeira section, bed
no. 13.
Remarks: Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio is more cylindrical than
C. mercati, Brocchi and has a prominent conical spire.
Distribution: Desio (1929) recorded this species from the Miocene of
the North Westren Desert; Hamam (1966) recorded it from from the
Burdigalian of Agrud area; and Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded it from
the Sadat and Hommath Formations in the Sadat area.
Age: Burdigalian.
134 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Order: Pulmonata
Suborder: Basomatophora
Superfamily: Hygrophilacea
Family: Planorbidae
Genus: Planorbis Muller, 1774
Type species: Planorbis (Planorbis) corneus (Linne')
Subgenus: Planorbis
Planorbis (Planorbis) nakanoi Abbass, 1977
(pl. 7, fig. 10)
1977 Planorbis (Planorbis) nakanoi Abbass; p. 152, pl. 3, figs. 9-11.
Description: Mold of small size, planispiral; sinistrally coiled; with
shallow apical umbilicus, deeper basal umbilicus, basal umbilicus wider
than apical one; 3-4 whorls with convex dorsal sides; suture deep; last
whorl subcircular in cross section with concave inner side; aperture
nearly parallel to shell axis.
Occurrence: This species occurs in Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 19.
Distribution: Abbass (1977) recorded this species in Egypt as a new
species from the Helvetian-Tortonian in Ramlyia in Sadat area from the
Upper Hommath Member.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
IV.2.2 Phylum Echinodermata:
135 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Phylum: Echinodermata
Class: Echinoidea Leske, 1778
Subclass: Euechinoidea Bronn, 1860
Superorder: Echinacea Claus, 1876
Order: Clypeasteroida Agassiz, 1872
Suborder: Clypeasterina Agassiz, 1872
Family: Clypeasteridae Agassiz, 1835
Genus: Clypeaster Lamarck, 1801
Type species: Echinus rocaceus Linné, 1758
Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins, 1837
(pl. 7, fig. 11)
1920 Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins; Fourtau, p. 50.
1966 Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins; Cherif, pl. 14, fig. 7.
1972 Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins; Cherif, p. 118, pl. 1, fig. 11.
1992 Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins; Abdel-Moneim, p. 152, pl. 9,
figs. 1a, 1b.
Description: Test of medium size, elongated, pentagonal outline; aboral
surface slightly convex; oral surface flate, highly depressed toward
peristome; apical system central, pentagonal, with rounded genetal
pores; ambulacral areas are short, wide, swollen at petal areas, nearly
equal, not reach the margin; poriferous zones contain two raws of
uniserial pores, internal pores are rounded and the external ones are slit-
like shapped, pore pairs are conjugated with slit-like grooves; peristome
central, pentagonal; periproct submarginal and rounded.
Occurrence: This species appears in Gabal Geneifa section, bed no. 12;
Gabal Gharra section, bed no. 14.
Distribution: Fourtau (1920) recorded this species from the
136 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Vindobonian of Gabal Geneifa and referred to its presence in the
Miocene of France, Algeria, Spain, Italy, Sardinia and many other
countries; Cherif (1966 and 1972) recorded it from the Sadat area, and
mentioned that this species is found only in the Burdigalian of Egypt;
Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded it from the Late Burdigalian (Sadat
Formation) in Sadat area.
Age: Langhian – Serravallian.
Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck, 1816
(pl. 8, fig. 1)
1920 Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck; Fourtau, p. 51, pl. 8, fig. 1.
1975 Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck; Ali, p. 210, pl. 5, figs. 1-4.
1987 Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck; El-Shazly, p. 196, pl. 5, fig. 2.
1992 Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck; Abdel-Moneim, p. 153, pl. 9,
fig. 3a, b.
Occurrence: This species appears in Gabal Geneifa section, bed no.
13; Gabal Gharra section, in bed no. 13; Gabal Homeira section, bed
no. 11.
Remarks: Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck, 1816 differs from
Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins, 1837 in that the former is
characterized by large size, more broad width, slightly swollen petals
and the interporiferous zones are less swollen and wider.
Distribution: Fourtau (1920) recorded this species from the
Vindobonian of West Sinai. He mentioned that it is present in the
Miocene of France, Portugal, Malta, Sicile, Italy and other countries. In
Egypt, it was recorded from the Helvetian of Matruh area by Ali (1975);
137 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
from the Middle Miocene of Marout El-Khoshera in West Sinai by El-
Shazly (1987); and from the Late Burdigalian (Sadat Formation) in the
Sadat area by Abdel-Moneim (1992).
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Suborder: Scutellina Haeckel, 1896
Family: Scutellidae Gray, 1825
Genus: Scutella Lamarck, 1816
Type species: Echinodiscus subrotundus Leske, 1778
Scutella ammonis Fuchs, 1883
(pl. 8, fig. 2)
1883 Scutella Ammonis Fuchs; p. 48, pl. 14 (9), figs. 1-4.
1955 Scutella ammonis Fuchs; Said and Yallouze, p. 76.
1962 Scutella ammonis Fuchs; Said, pl. 9, fig. 5.
1966 Scutella ammonis Fuchs; Hamam, pl. 10, fig. 18.
1968 Scutella ammonis Fuchs; El-Gamal, p. 232, pl. 22, fig. 1.
1975 Scutella ammonis Fuchs; Ali, p. 246, pl. 14, fig. 4-9.
1989 Scutella ammonis Fuchs; El-Bedewy, p. 154, pl, 4, fig. 1.
1992 Scutella ammonis Fuchs; Abdel-Moneim, p. 154, pl. 9, fig. 4.
Description: Test of medium to large size, subrounded, thin aboral
surface, nearly flate; oral surface slightly depressed toward peristome;
apical system central; ambulacral areas pateloid, medium, wide;
poriferous zones contain two rows uniserial pores, each pair are
connected with slit-like grooves; peristome submarginal, rounded;
periproct central, rounded.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Gharra section, beds no.
6, 12 and 13; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 16, 17 and 18 (broken
138 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
parts).
Distribution: Fuchs (1883) identified this specis from the Middle
Miocene of Siwa Oasis. After that, it was recorded by many authors from
sevaral Egyptian Miocene localities such as Said and Yallouze (1955)
from the Middle Miocene of Gabal Oweibid; Said (1962) from the
Middle Miocene of the North Western Desert and the Cairo-Suez
district; Hamam (1966) from the Burdigalian of Agrud area; El-Gamal
(1968) from the Helvetian of the Salum area; Ali (1975) from the
Helvetian of Siwa Oasis; El-Bedewy (1989) from the Miocene of the
Cairo-Suez area and Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded few complete
specimens as well as many chips of this species from the Serravallian
(Hommath Formation) in the Sadat area.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Genus: Parascutella
Parascutella stefaninii (Desio, 1929)
(pl. 8, fig. 3)
1929 Scutella stefaninii Desio; pl. 40, fig. 3.
1968 Parascutella stefaninii (Desio); El-Gamal, p. 238, pl. 23, figs. 4, 5.
1975 Scutella stefaninii Desio; Ali, p. 252, pl. 16, fig. 7.
1992 Parascutella stefaninii (Desio); Abdel-Moneim, p. 155, pl. 9, fig. 5.
Description: Test of medium to large size, subrounded, thin; aboral
surface nearly flate; oral surface flate; apical system central; ambulacral
areas petaloid, wide, extending to ¾ of the half length; poriferous zones
contain two rows of uniserial pores, conjugated; peristome central.
Occurrence: This species occur in Gabal Gharra section, beds no. 6 and
12; Gabal Homeira section, bed no. 16, 17 and 18.
139 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
Distribution: Parascutella stefaninii (Desio) was described by its
author from the Miocene of the Western Desert. It was recorded later by
El-Gamal (1968) from the Burdigalian of the Salum area; Ali (1975)
recorded it from the same stage in Matruh area; while Abdel-Moneim
(1992) recorded it from the Serravallian (Hommath Form ation) in the
Sadat area.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Superorder: Atelostomata Zettel, 1879
Order: Cassiduloida Claus, 1880
Family: Echinolampadidae Gray, 1825
Genus: Echinolampas Gray, 1825
Type species: Echinus oviformis Gmelin, 1789
Echinolampas amplus Fuchs, 1883
(pl. 8, figs. 4a, b)
1883 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; p. 27, pl. 14 (9), figs. 5-8.
1920 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Fourtau, p. 65.
1955 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Said and Yallouze, p. 77, pl. 5, fig. 2.
1962 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Said, pl. 9, figs. 6a, b.
1966 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Cherif, pl. 14, fig. 1.
1966 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Hamam, pl. 10, fig. 20.
1968 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; El-Gamal, pl. 24, fig. 7; pl. 25,
figs. 3, 4.
1972 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Cherif, p. 117, pl. 7, fig. 10.
1973 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Ali, p. 174, pl. 13, figs. 1, 2.
1989 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; El-Bedewy, p. 160, pl. 5, fig. 2.
1992 Echinolampas amplus Fuchs; Abdel-Moneim, p. 156, pl. 10,
140 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
figs. 2a, b.
Description: Test of medium to large size, ovoidal to discoidal, very
slightly elongated; aboral surface slightly depressed, uniformally
convex; oral surface almost flate, slightly depressed around peristome;
apical system relatively small, pentagonal, with large genital pores;
ambulacral areas are flush; petals long, more or less narrow; anterior and
antero-lateral petals reach margin; anterior petal the shortest and
narrowest; postero-lateral petals the longest, broadest; poriferous zones
slightly depressed, with narrow pore pairs, uniserial, the internal pores
are rounded, the external ones are slit-like shapped; interporiferous zones
almost flate, broad, nearly 3.5 times as poriferous zone; peristome
relatively large, pentagonal, excentric anteriorly; periproct elliptical,
large submarginal, anterior margin more rounded.
Occurrence: This species is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, beds no.
5 and 13; Gabal Gharra section, beds no. 13 and 14; Gabal Homeira
section, bed no. 11.
Distribution: Echinolampas amplus is well known from the Miocene of
Egypt since it is first recorded by Fuchs (1883) from the Middle
Miocene rocks of Siwa Oasis and Gabal Geneifa. Later, it was recorded
by many authors from several localities such as Said and Yallouze
(1955) from Gabal Oweibid; Said (1962) from the Cairo-Suez district
and the Middle Miocene of the North Westren Desert; Hamam (1966)
from the Burdigalian of Agrud area; Cherif (1966 and 1972) from the
Sadat area; El-Gamal (1968) from the Helvetian of the Salum area; Ali
(1973) from the Burdigalian of the North Western Desert and from the
Vindobonian of Gabal Shabrawet; El-Bedewy (1989) from the Miocene
in the Cairo-Suez area from the Genefe Formation; and Abdel-Moneim
141 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
(1992) from the Serravallian (Hommath Formation) in the Sadat area.
According to Fourtau (1920) Echinolampas amplus Fuchs is the most
typical species of the Egyptian Vindobonian.
Age: Early - Middle Miocene.
Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz, 1840
(pl. 8, figs. 5a, b)
1920 Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz; Fourtau, p. 71.
1966 Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz; Cherif, pl. 14, fig. 3.
1972 Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz; Cherif, p. 117, pl. 7, fig. 12.
1973 Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz; Ali, p. 184, pl. 17, fig. 1.
1975 Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz; Ali, p. 282, pl. 24, fig. 1, 2.
1992 Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz; Abdel-Moneim, p. 157, pl.
10, fig. 3.
Description: Test medium, almost subpentagonal, with maximum
breadth posteriorly; aboral surface slightly depressed, irregularly inflated
along anterior-posterior plane; oral surface strongly depressed toward
peristome, convex near margin; apical system moderate in size, excentric
anteriorly with conspicuous genital pores; ambulacral areas weakly
depressed especially near apex; petals long, moderate in width, not
reaching the margin, anterior petal shortest and narrowest; postero-lateral
petals broadest; poriferous zones broad, with pore pairs; interporiferous
zones flat, nearly 3.5 times as one poriferous zone; peristome large,
subpentagonal, excentric anteriorly; periproct large, subelliptical,
submarginal.
Occurrence: This species appaers only in Gabal Homeira section, bed
142 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
no. 11.
Distribution: Fourtau (1920) mentioned that this species occurs in the
Miocene of France, Italy, Malta, Hongeria, Sardinia as well as the
Vindobonian of the Western Desert of Egypt. Ali (1973 and 1975)
recorded it from the Vindobonian of Matruh area and North Westren
Desert; Cherif (1966 and 1972) recorded it from the Serravallian of the
Sadat area; and Abdel-Moneim (1992) recorded it also from the
Serravallian (Hommath Formation) in the Sadat area.
Age: Burdigalian.
143 Chapter IV Systematic paleontology
This page for Table # 2: ( The ages assigned by previous authors to the
recorded fauna in some parts of the world ).
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
144
CHAPTER V
MICROFACIES AND DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENTS
V.1 MICROFACIES
The present study deals with the petrographic examination and
description, as well as microfacies analysis and depositional environment
of the Lower – Middle Miocene sediments in the study area. 49 thin
sections (from the total collected samples) were subjected to the
microfacies investigation. The limestone study have been carried out in
accordance with the procedure by Flugel (1982) especially the “Chick
List” suggested by him. The nomenclature of the studied carbonate
samples are based on the classification of Dunham (1962) and Embry and
Klovan (1972), as well as the energy index classification of Plumley et al.
(1962). With respect to the sandstone, they are described and subdivided
following the classification of Folk (1959 and 1962) and Pettijohn
(1975). The examined thin sections have been categorized within the
following two groups:
V.1.1 Limestone group.
V.1.2 Clastic group.
V.1.1 LIMESTONE GROUP
This group represents 55 % of the total examined thin sections,
most of them are characterized by the presence of considerable amounts
of quartz grains, and differentiated into the following microfacies
associations:
V.1.1.1 Wackestone.
V.1.1.2 Packstone.
V.1.1.3 Grainstone.
V.1.1.4 Framestone.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
145
The following is a detailed description and discussion of these
assocciations:
V.1.1.1 Wackestone:
This microfacies association is characterized by the presence of
carbonate and non-carbonate particles in lime-mud supporting types, and
represents 6 % of the total examined carbonate thin sections. According
to the predominant allochemes, this association can be subdivided into
the following microfacies types:
V.1.1.1.1 Sandy dolomitic wackestone (figs. 34a, b):
This micofacies type represents 50 % of the total examined
wackestones. The groundmass is represented by microsparite with little
amount of fine rhombs of dolomite. Fossils are micritized and
recrystallized, of sparite size; represented by bioclastic of shell
fragments, foraminiferes (Miliolidae), and dominant echinoid fragments.
The quartz grains (20 %) are fine to medium, subangular to subrounded,
moderately sorted.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this microfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (19) and facies zone (8). This means that the
environment of deposition was probably restricted bays or cut-off
lagoons or costal ponds with restricted circulation. This microfacies type
is recorded in Gabal Homeira section, in bed no. 2.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
146
Fig. 37a: Sandy dolomitic wackestone with rhombic zoned, idiotypic
dolomite crystals and fine to medium quartz grains. Gabal Homeira,
lower part of Gharra Formation, bed 2, X 44, C.N.
Fig. 37b: Sandy bioclastic dolomitic wackestone with micritized
foraminiferal tests and subangular to subrounded quartz grains embdded
in micrite matrix. Gabal Homeira, lower part of Gharra Formation, bed 2,
X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
147
V.1.1.1.2 Algal wackestone (figs. 35a, b, c):
This microfacies type represents 50 % of the total examined
wackestones. The cement is represented by neomorphic sparite filling the
cavities among the main constituents. Fossils are biomorpha; represented
by red algae (Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.); frequent forms of
bryozoans, mollusks, echinoidal fragments, and sclaractenian corals.
Some of the algal parts are recrystallized and micritized and act as
sediment binder for the other constituents.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this micrfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (8) and facies zone (2) and/or (7). This means
that the environment of deposition was shelf lagoons with open
circulation and quiet water below normal wave base. This microfacies
type is recorded in Gabal Homeira section, in bed no. 19.
Fig. 38a: Algal wackestone with well preserved red algae
(Lithothamnium sp.). Gabal Homeira, upper part of Genefe Formation,
top part of bed 19, X 44, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
148
Fig. 38b: Algal wackestone with well preserved red algal (Lithothphyllum
sp.), Gabal Homeira, upper part of Genefe Formation, top part of bed 19,
X 44, P.P.L.
Fig. 38c: Foraminiferal algal wackestone with complete amphistiginid
test and red algal fragments embdded in micrite matrix. Gabal Homeira,
upper part of Genefe Formation, top part of bed 19, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
149
V.1.1.2 Packstone:
This microfacies association is characterized by the presence of
different carbonate and non-carbonate particles supported in a muddy and
sparitic background and represents 36 % of the total examined carbonate
thin sections. According to the predominant particles, this association can
be subdivided into the following microfacies types:
V.1.1.2.1 Sandy bioclastic packstone (figs. 36a, b, c):
This microfacies type represents 36.5 % of the total examined
packstones. The cement is represented by microsparite grading to micrite
in parts. The skeletal grains are polymictic bryozoans, algae, molluscan
fragments, echinoids, and foraminifera (Operculina complanata,
Amphistegina sp., Miogypsina sp. and others). These skeletal particles
act as rock forming constituents. The non-carbonate particles (25-30 %)
are represented by fine to medium quartz grains, subangular to rounded,
moderately sorted.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this micrfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (4) and facies zone (3) and/or (4). This means
that the environment of deposition was deep shelf margin or basin margin
or foreslope (clinothem). This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal
Geneifa section, in the lower and middle parts of bed no. 13; in Gabal
Homeira section, in bed no. 17; and in Gabal Gharra section, in bed no. 7.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
150
Fig. 39a: Sandy bioclastic packstone with foraminiferal biomorpha and
bioclastic (Amphistignids and operculinids), echinoid fragments and fine
to medium quartz grains, all embdded in microsparite. Gabal Gharra,
middle part of Gharra Formation, bed 7, X 22, C.N.
Fig. 39b: Sandy bioclastic packstone with large Operculina in the lower
left corner. Gabal Geneifa, middle part of Genefe Formation, bottom part
of bed 13, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
151
Fig. 39c: Sandy bioclastic packstone with echinoid spine and
foraminiferal test. Gabal Geneifa, middle part of Genefe Formation,
bottom part of bed 13, X 22, P.P.L.
V.1.1.2.2 Sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone (figs. 37a, b, c, d):
This microfacies type represents 36.5 % of the total examined
packstones. The cement is represented by microsparite. The skeletal
grains are polymictic of different types of foraminifera (Operculina
complanata, Amphistegina sp., Miogypsina sp., miliolidae and others),
algae, bryozoans, molluscan fragments and echinoids. Some molluscan
fragments show silicification. The bryozoan chambers are filled with
neomorphic sparite (dog teeth cement). The skeletal grains act as rock
forming constituents. Algal oncoids are found. The non-carbonate
particles (20-40 %) are represented by medium to fine, subangular to
subrounded, moderately sorted quartz grains. In comparison with the
standard microfacies types of Wilson (1975) and Flugel (1982), this
micrfacies type is correlatable with the standard microfacies type (5) and
facies zone (4). This means that the environment of deposition was of a
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
152
typical reef flank facies accompanied by non-uniform sedimentation of
debris. This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, in
beds 11, 12 and the upper part of bed no. 13; and in Gabal Gharra
section, in bed no. 10.
Fig. 40a: Sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone with ideoniform
bryozoans, foraminiferal and molluscan shell fragments and subrounded
quartz grains. Gabal Geneifa, lower part of Genefe Formation, bed 11, X
22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
153
Fig. 40b: Sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone with red algal
fragments (lithophyllum sp), foraminiferal, molluscan, bryozoan
fragments and fine quartz grains, all embedded in microsparite cement.
Gabal Geneifa, top part of Genefe Formation, top part of bed 13, X 22,
C.N.
Fig. 40c: Sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone, with biomorpha of
Operculina and Heterostegina tests, molluscan and bryozoan fragments.
All embdded in microsparite cement. Gabal Gharra, middle part of
Gharra Formation, bed 10, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
154
Fig. 40d: Sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone as above, with
biomorpha of Miogypsina, Operculina and Heterostegina tests. All
embdded in microsparite cement. Gabal Geneifa, middle part of Genefe
Formation, bed 12, X 22, P.P.L.
V.1.1.2.3 Sandy echinoidal packstone (figs. 38a, b):
This microfacies type represents 27 % of the total packstones. The
matrix is represented by microsparite to micrite in patrs. The skeletal
grains are represented by very little foraminifera, algae, bryozoa and shell
fragments of echinoidal plates and spines. The skeletal grains are
considered as essential rock building constituents. The non-carbonate
particles (5-30 %) are represented by fine to coarse, angular to
subrounded, poorly sorted quartz grains.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this micrfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (10) and facies zone (2) and/or (7). This means
that the environment of deposition was a high energy environment on
shoals and had moved down by local sloping to be under quiet water.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
155
This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal Homeira section, in bed 10
and in Gabal Gharra section, in beds no. 6 and 8.
Fig. 41a: Sandy echinoidal packstone with echinoidal, molluscan
fragments and few quartz grains, embedded in micrite matrix. Gabal
Gharra, middle part of Gharra Formation, bed 8, X 22, P.P.L.
Fig. 41b: Sandy echinoidal packstone with echinoidal plates and
subangular to rounded quartz grains, all embedded in micrite matrix.
Gabal Gharra, middle part of Gharra Formation, bed 6, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
156
V.1.1.3 Grainstone:
This microfacies association is characterrized by the presence of
different carbonate and non-carbonate particles (grain supported) in
sparitic background and represents 47 % of the total examined carbonate
thin sections. According to the predominant particles, this association can
be subdivided into the following microfacies types:
V.1.1.3.1 Sandy fossiliferous grainstone (figs. 39a, b, c, d):
This microfacies type represents 43 % of the total grainstones thin
sections. The cement is represented by sparite, and in parts represented
by microsparite. The skeletal grains are shell fragments (recrystallized in
parts), represented by foraminifera (Heterostegina sp.), algae, pelecypod
fragments, and echinoidal plates and spines. The skeletal grains form
essential rock building constituents. The non-carbonate particles (20-40
%) are represented by fine to coarse, subangular to rounded, poorly
sorted quartz grains, stained with iron oxides in parts and associated with
feldspasic minerals in other parts.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this micrfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (12) and facies zone (6). This means that the
environment of deposition was mostly on slopes and shelf edges. This
microfacies type occurs in Gabal Homeira section, in beds no. 4, 5, 6, 8.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
157
Fig. 42a: Sandy fossiliferous grainstone with molluscan shell fragments,
echinoids and polycrystalline quartz grains, all cemented by sparite.
Gabal Homeira, middle part of Gharra Formation, bed 8, X 22, P.P.L.
Fig. 42b: Sandy fossiliferous grainstone. Gabal Homeira, lower part of
Gharra Formation, bed 4, X 44, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
158
Fig. 42c: Sandy fossiliferous grainstone with Miogypsina sp. and fine to
medium quartz grains in sparitic cement. Gabal Homeira, middle part of
Gharra Formation, bed 11, X 22, P.P.L.
Fig. 42d: Sandy fossiliferous grainstone. Gabal Homeira, lower part of
Gharra Formation, bed 5, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
159
V.1.1.3.2 Sandy echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone (figs. 40a, b):
This microfacies type represents 21.5 % of the total examined
grainstones. The matrix is represented by sparite filling the cavities
between the essential rock constituents and in some parts fill the internal
cavities of the constituents. The skeletal grains are fossils and shell
fragments, biomorpha in parts, some of them are recrystallized,
represented by foraminifera (Operculina complanata, Amphistegina sp.,
Heterostegina sp. and other miogypsenoids ), some serpulids, algae
(Lithothamnium sp.), ostracods, bryozoa (Holoporella sp.), molluscan
fragments (pelecypods and gastropods), echinoidal fragments (plates and
spines). Sometimes, the foraminifera are larger and monospicific. The
skeletal particles act as essential rock building constituents. The non-
carbonate particles (10-20 %) are represented by fine to coarse, angular
to subrounded, poorly sorted quartz grains, the coarser ones are cracked.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this micrfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (18) and facies zone (7) and/or (8). This means
that the environment of deposition was mostly in tidal bars and channels
of lagoons. This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, in
beds no. 5 and 6; and in Gabal Homeira section, in the lower part of bed
no. 19.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
160
Fig. 43a: Sandy echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone with echinoid
fragments, complete operculinid foraminifera and subrounded to
subangular quartz grains, all cemented by sparite. Gabal Geneifa, middle
part of Gharra Formation, bed 5, X 22, C.N.
Fig. 43b: Sandy echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone. Gabal Geneifa,
middle part of Gharra Formation, bed 6, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
161
V.1.1.3.3 Sandy algal grainstone (figs. 41a, b, c, d):
This microfacies type represents 21.5 % of the total examined
grainstones. The matrix is represented by sparite to microsparite in parts.
The skeletal grains are micritized bioclastic of broken shell fragments of
foraminifera (Miogypsina sp., Amphistegina sp., miliolides and others),
algae (Lithothamnium sp.), ostracods, pectinides, oysters, gastropods, and
echinoidal plates and spines. The skeletal particles act as rock building
constituents. Pellets are also present. The non-carbonate particles (10 %)
are represented by fine to medium, subrounded to subangular, moderately
sorted quartz grains. Little amount of pellets are present. In comparison
with the standard microfacies types of Wilson (1975) and Flugel (1982),
this micrfacies type is correlatable with the standard microfacies type
(16) and facies zone (7) and/or (8). This means that the environment of
deposition was of warm, shallow water with only moderate water
circulation. This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal Homeira section,
in beds no. 11 and 16; and in Gabal Gharra section, in beds no. 15 & 16.
Fig. 44a: Sandy algal grainstone with red algal and molluscan fragments,
cemented by sparite. Gabal Homeira, lower part of Genefe Formation,
bed 16, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
162
Fig. 44b: Sandy algal grainstone with Lithophyllum sp. and fine to
medium, subrounded to subangular quartz grains, all cemented by sparite.
Gabal Homeira, lower part of Genefe Formation, bed 16, X 22, p.p.l.
Fig. 44c: Sandy algal grainstone with ostracod and red algal fragments.
Gabal Gharra, uppermost part of Genefe Formation, bed 16, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
163
Fig. 44d: Sandy algal grainstone with micritized red algae
(Lithothamnium sp.) and fine to medium quartz grains in sparitic cement.
Gabal Gharra, middle-upper part of Genefe Formation, bed 15, X 22,
P.P.L.
V.1.1.3.4 Sandy molluscan grainstone (figs. 42a, b):
This microfacies type represents 14 % of the total grainstones. The
matrix is represented by sparitic materials. The skeletal grains are
represented by shell fragments of foraminifera (Amphistegina sp.,
Miogypsina sp., Operculina sp. and others), ostracods, algae, bryozoans,
pelecypods, and gastropods. The skeletal particles act as essential rock
building constituents. The non-carbonate particles (10-20 %) are fine to
medium, subrounded to subangular, moderately sorted quartz grains.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this micrfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (17) and facies zone (7) and/or (8). This means
that the environment of deposition was shelf with restricted water
circulation or tidal flats. This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal
Geneifa section, in beds no. 9 and 14.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
164
Fig. 45a: Sandy molluscan grainstone with molluscan shell fragments and
fine to medium quartz grains, all cemented with sparite. The molluscan
shells show their original microstructure. Gabal Geneifa, lowermost part
of Genefe Formation, bed 9, X 22, P.P.L.
Fig. 45b: Sandy molluscan grainstone. Gabal Geneifa, lowermost part of
Genefe Formation, bed 9, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
165
V.1.1.4 Framestone:
This microfacies association includes those sediments in which the
original components were bound together during deposition and
represents 11 % of the total carbonates. According to the predominant
particles, the following microfacies type have been distinguished:
V.1.1.4.1 Coralline framestone (figs. 43a, b, c, d):
This microfacies type is wholly composed of organic reef
(scleractenian corals and/or algae) with frequent amounts of foraminifera,
shell fragments, and echinoidal plates. These skeletal particles act as
essential rock building constituents. Algal oncoids are found. The matrix
is represented by micritic to sparitic materials. The non-carbonate
particles are represented by few fine, occasionally medium, subrounded
to subangular, moderately sorted quartz grains.
In comparison with the standard microfacies types of Wilson
(1975) and Flugel (1982), this micrfacies type is correlatable with the
standard microfacies type (7) and facies zone (5). This means that the
environment of deposition was rich in organic reef, often found on
platform margins. This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal Gharra
section, in beds no. 13 and 14.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
166
Fig. 46a: Coralline framestone. The coral skeleton are recrystallized. The
coral spaces are filled with micrite matrex. Gabal Gharra, lowermost part
of Genefe Formation, bed 13, X 22, P.P.L.
Fig. 46b: Coralline framestone. The coral skeleton are highly
recrystallized and silisified. The coral cavities are filled with micritic
matrix. Gabal Gharra, lowermost part of Genefe Formation, bed 13, X
44, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
167
Fig. 46c: Coralline framestone. The coral skeleton are highly
recrystallized and silisified. The coral cavities are filled with micritic
matrix. Gabal Gharra, lowermost part of Genefe Formation, bed 13, X
22, P.P.L.
Fig. 46d: Coralline framestone with well preserved algae (Lithophyllum
sp. And Lithothamnium sp.), Gabal Gharra, lowermost part of Genefe
Formation, bed 13, X 22, P.P.L.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
168
V.1.2 CLASTIC GROUP
This group represents 45 % of the total examined thin sections,
represented by sandstones and shales, and include the following
microfacies types:
V.1.2.1 Calcareous quartz arenite (figs. 44a, b):
This micofacies type represents 25 % of the total clastics. This
microfacies type is characterized by fine to medium quartz grains,
occasionally coarse, subrounded to subangular, occasionally rounded,
moderately to poorly sorted, some quartz grains are cracked. Few
feldespar grains (plagioclase and microcline), with iron oxides in parts.
Some remains of molluscan shell fragments are present. All of these
grains are cemented by sparite. This microfacies type is recorded in
Gabal Geneifa section, in beds no. 3, and 4; in Gabal Homeira section, in
beds no. 3, 7 and 15.
Fig. 47a: Calcareous quartz arenite with fine to medium, subangular to
subrounded quartz grains, cemented with calcareous materials. Gabal
Geneifa, lower-middle part of Gharra Formation, bed 3, X 22, C.N.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
169
Fig. 47b: Calcareous quartz arenite. Gabal Homeira, lower-middle part of
Gharra Formation, bed 7, X 22, C.N.
V.1.2.2 Dolomitic calcareous quartz arenite (fig. 45):
This micofacies type represents 4 % of the total clastics. This
microfacies type is characterized by fine to medium quartz grains which
are subangular to subrounded, moderately sorted, with ferrigenous
materials, and euhedral and zoned dolomite rhombs. All of these grains
are cemented by sparitic material and dolomite mineral. This microfacies
type is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, in bed no. 8.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
170
Fig. 48: Dolomitic calcareous quartz arenite with fine to medium,
subrounded to subangular quartz grains. The quartz grains are cemented
by sparite & dolomite rhombs, notice the upper right corner. Gabal
Geneifa, uppermost part of Gharra Formation, bed 8, X 22, C.N.
V.1.2.3 Calcareous fossiliferous quartz arenite (fig. 46):
This micofacies type represents 8 % of the total clastics, it is
characterized by fine to medium quartz grains which are subangular to
subrounded, moderately to poorly sorted. Some grains are stained with
iron oxides on periphery, other grains have eroded peripheries and
occasionally some of the coarser graines are cracked. Few foraminifera,
echinoids (plates and spines) and fragments of bivalvia are found, most
of them are recrystallized with blocky calcite. All of these grains are
cemented by sparitic carbonate matter. This microfacies type is recorded
in Gabal Gharra section, in bed no. 12.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
171
Fig. 49: Calcareous fossiliferous quartz arenite. Gabal Gharra, uppermost
part of Gharra Formation, bed 12, X 22, P.P.L.
V.1.2.4 Calcareous ferruginous quartz arenite (figs. 47a, b):
This micofacies type represents 12 % of the total clastics. The
main characteristics of this type are fine to coarse, subangular to
subrounded, moderately to poorly sorted quartz grains. Some grains have
eroded peripheries and occasionally cracked. Some grains of feldspar
minerals (plagioclase) occur. All of these grains are cemented with
sparitic calcareous matter. This microfacies type is recorded in Gabal
Gharra section, in beds no. 1, 3 and 5.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
172
Fig. 50a: Calcareous ferruginous quartz arenite with fine to coarse,
subangular to subrounded quartz grains. All components are cemented
with sparitic calcareous matter. Gabal Gharra, lower-middle part of the
Gharra Formation, bed 5, X 22, C.N
Fig. 50b: Calcareous ferruginous quartz arenite. Gabal Gharra, lower part
of the Gharra Formation, bed 3, X 22, C.N.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
173
V.1.2.5 Sandy – silty shale (figs. 48a, b):
This micofacies type represents 51 % of the total clastics. The sand
grains which are floating in the clay minerals are fine to very fine
grained, occasionally grading to silt size, subrounded to subangular,
poorly sorted. The sand and silt grains increase and localize in form of
thin laminae or very thin intercalations in some part toseparate the shale
in form of sheets. Iron oxides occasionally occur. This microfacies type
is recorded in Gabal Geneifa section, in beds no. 1, 7 & 10; in Gabal
Homeira section, in beds no. 1, 9, 12 and 14 and in Gabal Gharra section,
in beds no. 2, 4, 9 & 11.
Fig. 51a: Sandy–silty ferruginous shale with sand and silt grains which
icrease and localize in form of lamina or may thin intercalation in some
part to separate the shale in form of sheets. Gabal Geneifa, upper part of
the Gharra Formation, bed 7, X 22, C.N.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
174
Fig. 51b: Sandy – silty ferruginous shale. Gabal Gharra, middle part of
the Gharra Formation, bed 9, X 22, C.N.
V.2 DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENTS
Selley (1978) defined the sedimentary facies as “a mass of
sedimentary rocks“, which can be defined and distinguished from others
by its geometry, lithology, sedimentary structures, paleocurrent pattern
and fossils.
The recognition and interpretation of the recorded sedimentary
facies are based on a number of megascopic and microscopic features and
guided with the facies model of Wilson (1975) as well as the
environmental criteria and case histories described by Flugel (1982).
The marine Miocene sequence in the study areas can be divided
into two sedimentary facies: The lower one is a clastic-dominated facies
representing the Gharra Formation. The upper facies is carbonate-
dominated and represents the Genefe Formation.
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
175
V.2.1 Clastic-dominated facies:
The lower part of this facies is an erosional base with extra-and
intraformational clasts, followed upward by cross-bedded sandstones and
topped by thinly laminated mudstone; while its upper part is mainly
intercalated with sandy limestone, oyster banks, mudstone and sandstone.
The sandstone is mainly of fine to coarse grained, subrounded to
subangular, calcareous, fossiliferous with molluscan fragements (mainly
pectinids and other bivalves), echinoids (Scutella sp. and Clypeaster sp.)
and molds of gastropods. The mudstones are of medium to thick bedded,
non-fossiliferous, moderately compact, jointed, and ferrugineous,
The limestones are mainly thin to medium bedded, compact,
massive, jointed, rich in macrofossils mainly of molluscs (especially
pelecypods), gastropod molds, badly preserved echinoderms. Oysters are
common and of large size,
This main sedimentary facies is characterized by the following
varaties of microfacies associations: calcareous quartz arenite, dolomitic
calcareous quartz arenite, calcareous fossiliferous quartz arenite,
calcareous ferrugineous quartz arenite, sandy echinoidal foraminiferal
grainstone, sandy dolomitic wackestone, sandy fossiliferous grainstone,
sandy echinoidal packstone, sandy algal grainstone, sandy bioclastic
packstone, and sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone.
Based on these microfacies associations, sedimentary structures
and fossil content, the Gharra Formation was probably deposited in an
environment ranging from tidal flat for the lower part to typical reef flank
for coral and algal reefs and high energy on shoals for the grain
supported fabrics (grainstone and packstone).
Chapter V Microfacies and depositional environments
176
V.2.2 Carbonate-dominated facies:
This main sedimentary facies consists essentially of limestones,
sandstones and mudstones. The limestones are thick-bedded, compact,
massive, chalky, jointed, fractured, bioturbated and highly fossiliferous
with coralline red algae, Amphistigina sp., Miogypsina sp. and oysters.
The sandstone is characterized by abundance of Scutella sp. and large
pectens. The mudstone is thinly laminated, moderately compact,
nonfossiliferous, with lenticular beds of fine sandstone.
In the study area the carbonate-dominated facies is characterized
by the following microfacies associations: sandy bioclastic packstone,
sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone, sandy molluscan grainstone,
foraminiferal algal wackestone, sandy bioclastic packstone, sandy
echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone, sandy algal grainstone, algal
coralline framestone and coralline framestone.
The microfacies associations, fossil content and sedimentary
structures stated that the environment of deposition of this type was
probably reefal environment for the lower part, due to the presence of
abundant coralline red algae, oysters, Amphistigena sp, Miogypsina sp.
And moved to shelf lagoons with open circulation and an intertidal
environment with low energy conditions for the deposition of mudstones
in the top most part of Genefe Formation.
Chapter VI Summary and conclusions
177
CHAPTER VI
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The present work deals with the study of stratigraphy, systematic
paleontology, microfacies analysis and depositional environments of
some Miocene sediments, Cairo-Suez District, Egypt.
VI.1 Stratigraphy:
The marine Miocene sequence exposed at gabals Geneife (97.1 m
thick), Homeira (110.9 m thick) and Gharra (141.7 m thick) in Cairo-
Suez District is a transgressive-regressive sequence lying unconformably
between continental sediments of Oligocene and post Middle Miocene.
The Lower Miocene deposits in the studied sections consist of
sandstones and mudstones with minor intercalations of sandy limestone.
They differ from the Lower Miocene algal limestone of the Sadat
Formation (Abdallah and Abdel-Hady 1966). Thus the name Gharra
Formation of Said (1971) is feasible to these Lower Miocene deposits.
On the other hand, the Middle Miocene rocks consists mainly of
algal, reefal, and chalky limestones with oyster banks, and minor
mudstone and sandstone intercalations. These facies differ from the
clastic facies of the Hommath Formation (Abdallah and Abdel-Hady
1966). Thus, the auhor follows the rock unit Genefe Formation (Said,
1990) for the Middle Miocene rocks exposed in the studied areas.
Based on the abundance of macro-invertebrate fauna especially
bivalves, gastropods and echinoids with some foraminifera, six
biohorizones have been recorded, they are from younger to older:
Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone, Chlamys (Macrochlamis)
sardoa zone, Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone, Pecten
Chapter VI Summary and conclusions
178
(Flabellipecten) flabelliformis zone, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae zone and
Chlamys gentoni zone.
VI.2 Systematic paleontology and biohorizons:
Sixty two macrofossil species (40 bivaves, 16 gastropods, 6
echinoids) have been identified, described and illustrated. They belong to
34 genus and 26 families. Their Paleogeographic and biogeographic
distribution indicated Atlantic-Mediterranean affinity as well as the Indo-
Pacific one in few.
The fossiliferous sandy limestones (beds 5 in Gabal Geneifa , 11
in Gabal Homeira and 6 in Gabal Gharra) nearly contain a common
content of fauna (oysters, pectinids and many other bivalves, gastropods,
echinods, algae and bryozoans) which can be considered a horizon for
correlation of the middle part of Gharra Formation in the study area. In
addition to the abundance of Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp.
virleti Deshayes and Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi
Fuchs in these beds in the three sections can be considered a biohorizon
for correlation.
The fossiliferous sandy limestones (bed no. 13 in Gabal Homeira
and bedno. 10 in Gabal Gharra) nearly contain a common content of
fauna (oysters, pectinids and many other bivalves, gastropod molds,
barnacles and algae) can be considered a horizon for correlation of the
upper part of Gharra Formation. In addition to the abundance of Pecten
(Pecten) ziziniae Blankenhorn, Pecten beudanti Basterot, Pecten
(Oppenheimpecten) benedictus (Lamarck) in the two sections can be
considered a biohorizon for correlation.
The fossiliferous sandy marl (bed 11 in Gabal Geneifa and the
lowermost part of bed 13 in Gabal Gharra) with their high abundance of
pectens are correletable. The abundance of Chlamys (Argopecten)
Chapter VI Summary and conclusions
179
macrotis (Sowerby), Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, Pecten
beudanti Basterot, Pecten (Oppenheimpecten) benedictus (Lamarck) and
Chlamys gentoni (Fontannes) in the two sections can be considered a
biohorizon for correlation for the lower part of Genefe Formation.
The fossiliferous sandy limestone (beds 16 in Gabal Homeira and
13 in Gabal Gharra) nearly contain a common content of fauna (oysters
and pectinids) can be considered a horizon for correlation of for the lower
part of Genefe Formation in the study area. In addition to the abundance
of Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. Virleti Deshayes and
Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. Rohlfsi Fuchs in these beds
considered a biohorizon for correlation.
VI.3 Micofacies and depositional environments:
49 thin sections from the total collected samples were subjected to
microfacies investigation. The examined thin sections have been
categorized into two main groups:
1- Limestone group, which represents 55 % of the studied thin sections.
They differentiated into four main microfacies types: wackestone (sandy
dolomitic and algal), packstone (sandy bioclastic, sandy foraminiferal
bryozoan and sandy echinoidal), grainstone (sandy fossiliferous,sandy
echinoidal foraminiferal, sandy algal and sandy molluscan) and
framestone (coralline).
2- Clastic group, which represents 45 % and includes the following
microfacies types: quartz arenite (calcareous, dolomitic calcareous,
calcareous fossiliferous and calcareous ferrugineus) and sandy-silty shale.
The marine Miocene sequence in the study areas could be divided
into two sedimentary facies: the lower one is a clastic-dominated facies,
which represents the Gharra Formation, while the upper facies is
caarbonate-dominated and represents the Genefe Formation.
Chapter VI Summary and conclusions
180
VI.3.1 Clastic-dominated facies:
The lower part of this facies is an erosional base with extra-and
intraformational clasts, followed upward by cross-bedded sandstones and
topped by thinly laminated mudstone, while its upper is mainly
intercalated with sandy limestone, oyster banks, mudstone and sandstone.
This sedimentary facies is characterized by the following
microfacies associations: calcareous quartz arenite, dolomitic calcareous
quartz arenite, calcareous fossiliferous quartz arenite, calcareous
ferrugineous quartz arenite, sandy echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone,
sandy dolomitic wackestone, sandy fossiliferous grainstone, sandy
echinoidal packstone, sandy algal grainstone, sandy bioclasts packstone,
and sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone.
Based on microfacies associations, sedimentary structures and
fossil content, the Gharra Formation is deposited in an environment
ranging from tidal flat for the lower part to typical reef flank for coral and
algal reefs and high energy on shoals for the grain-supported fabrics
(grainstone and packstone).
VI.3.2 Carbonate-dominated facies:
This sedimentary facies consists essentially of limestones and
mudstones. The limestones are thick-bedded, compact, massive, chalky,
jointed, fractured, bioturbated and highly fossiliferous with coralline red
algae, Amphistigina sp., Miogypsina sp. and oysters. Mudstone is thinly
laminated, moderately compact, nonfossiliferous, with lenticular beds of
fine sandstone.
In the study area the carbonate-dominated facies is characterized
by the following microfacies associations: Sandy bioclasts packstone,
sandy foraminiferal bryozoan packstone, sandy molluscan grainstone,
foraminiferal algal wackestone, sandy bioclasts packstone, sandy
Chapter VI Summary and conclusions
181
echinoidal foraminiferal grainstone, sandy algal grainstone, algal
coralline framestone and coralline framestone.
The microfacies associations, fossil content and sedimentary
structures stated that the environment of deposition was reefal
environment for the lower part, due to the presence of abundance of
coralline red algae, oysters, Amphistigena sp, Miogypsina sp. to shelf
lagoons with open circulation and an intertidal environment with low
energy conditions for the deposition of mudstones in the top most part of
Genefe Formation.
References
182
REFERENCES
Abbass, H. L. (1977): A Monograph on the new Miocene gastropod species
in the Cairo-Suez district, Egypt. J. Univ. Kuwait ( Sci.) 4, 157 p.
Abdallah, M. A. and Abd El-Hady, F. M. (1966): Geology of Sadat area,
Gulf of Suez. J. Geol. U.A.R., 10/1, 1-24.
Abdallah, M.A. and Abd El-Hady, F. M. (1971) : Microfacies of Eocene
and Miocene rocks at the southeastern corner of Gabel Ataqa, Gulf
of Suez, A.R.E. Bull. Fac. Sci., Cairo Univ., Vol. 43, pp. 345-358.
Abd-Elmoniem, M. (1992): Stratigraphy of the Miocene rocks in the area
between Gabal Ataqa and Northern Galala, Gulf of Suez, Egypt.
Ph.D Thesis, Fac. Sci., Zagazig Univ., 252p.
Abd-Elshafy, E. and Abd-Elmoneim, M. (1992): Lithostratigraphy of the
Miocene rocks in the area between Gabal Ataqa and the Northern
Galala, Eastern Desert, Egypt. Bull. Fac. Sci., Zagazig Univ.,
14/2, 290-302.
Abdel Wahab, S. and El-Belassy, M. (1987): Sedimentology of the
Lower-Middle Miocene sequence in Gebel Hamza-Gebel Um
Qamar. Bull. Fac. Sci., Cairo Univ., 55/2, 445-480.
Abed, M. M. and Metwally, M. H. M. (1980): Distribution of pectinides
in some Miocene sections in Egypt. Mansoura Fac. Sci. Bull., 8,
233-256.
Abou Khadrah, A. M., Wali, A. M. A., Müller, A. M. A., and El Shazly,
A. M. (1993): Facies development and sedimentary structures of
synrift sediments, Cairo-Suez District, Egypt, Bull Fac. Sci.,
Zagazig Univ., 15/2, 355-373
Adams, C. G. (1973): Some Tertiary foraminifera. In: Atlas of
Palaeobiogeography (Hallam, A., ed.). Elsevier Scient. Publ.
Comp., Amsterdam, London, New York, 453-468.
References
183
Ali, M. S. M. (1973): A study of the genus Echinolampas in the Tertiary
rocks of Egypt. M.Sc. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ., 237 p.
Ali, M. S. M. (1975): A study on some Tertairy Echinoids of Egypt.
Ph.D. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ., 371 p.
Barakat, M. G. and Aboul Ela, N. M. (1970): Microfacies and
Paleontology of Middle Eocene and younger sediments in Geneifa
area, Cairo-Suez District. U.A.R. J. Geol., 14/1, 23-35.
Barron, T. (1907a): The topography and geology of the district between
Cairo and Suez. Egypt. Surv. Dept., Cairo. 133 p.
Barron, T. (1907b): The topography and geology of the Peninsula of Sinai
(western portion). Geol. Surv. And Mini Res. Dept., Cairo, 241 p.
Blanckenhorn, M. (1901): Neues Zur Geologie und Palaeontologie
d’egyptens. III- Das Miocan. Zeitschr. deutsch. Geol. Ges. 53/1,
52-132.
Boggs, S. Jr. (1987) : Principles of sedimentology and stratigraphy.
Merrill Publish. Comp., London, 784 p.
Bruce, H. and Hotzl, H. (1988): The sedimentary evolution of the Red
Sea rift: a comparison of the northwest (Egyptian) and northeast
(Saudi Arabia) margins. Tectonophysics, 153, 193-208.
Butterlin, J. (1988) : Origine et evolution des Lepidocyclines da la region
des Caraibes. Comparaison et relations avec les Lepidocyclines
autres regions du Monde. Revue de Paleobiologie, Vol. Spec. No.
2, Benthos's 86, ISSN 0253-6730, pp. 623-629, Geneva.
Cerilli-Irelli, S. (1907-1912) : Fauna Milacologica Mariana. Palaeontol.
Italica, parts prima-sesta, 13-18.
Cherif, O. H. (1966): Geology of Sadat area, south-west of Suez. M.Sc.
Thesis, Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ., Cairo.
Cherif, O. H. (1972): Tertiary fauna from the Sadat area (south-west of
Suez). Bull. l'Instit. D'Egypte, 22, 91-123.
References
184
Cherif, O.H. and Yehia, M.A. (1977) : Stratigraphy of the area between
Wadi Gimal and Wadi Hommath, Gulf of Suez, Egypt. Egypt. J.
Geol., 21, No. 2, pp. 185-203.
Cossmann, M. and Peyrot, A. (1909-1924) : Conchologie Neogenique de
l'Aquitaine, 4 Vols. : Act. Soc. Linn. De Bordeaux.
Cox, L. R. (1927): Neogene and Quaternary Mollusca from the Zanzibar
Protectorate. In: Report of the Palaeontology of the Zanzibar
Protectorate. Authority of the Government of Zanzibar, 13 – 102.
Davies, A. M. (1971): Tertiary faunas. 2 vols., George Allen & Unwin
Ltd., London.
Depéret, Ch. and Fourtau, R. (1900): Sur les Terrains Neogene de la
Basse-Egypte et de l'Isthme de Suez. C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 131,
401-403.
Depéret, C. and Roman, F. (1902-1912): Monographie des Pectinides
neogenes de l'Europe et des regions voisines. Mem. Soc. Geol. de
France, Mem. 26.
Desio, A. (1929): Resultati Scientifici della Missione alla Oasi Di
Giarabub. III: La Paleontologia. R. Soc. Geogr. Italiana, Rome, 4.
Dollfus, G. F. and Dautzenberg, Ph. (1902-1920): Conchyliologie du
Miocene moyen du Bassin de la Loire. Mem. Soc. Geolog. France,
Paleont., No. 27
Dunham, R. J. (1962): Classification of carbonate rocks according to
depositional texture. Mem. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 1, 108-121.
Elattar, A. A. A. A., (2003): Early-Middle Miocene Echinoids of Sadat
Formation, Sadat area, South Gabal Ataqa, NW Gulf of Suez,
Egypt, Egpt. Jour. Paleontol., 3, 209-241.
El-Bedewy, F. M. (1977): Paleontological studies on some Neogene fauna
of the area between Qosseir and Mersa Alam, Red Sea Coast, Egypt.
M.Sc. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Al-Azhar Univ., Egypt, 202 p.
References
185
El-Bedewy, F. M. (1989): Paleontological studies on some Neogene
Macrofossils of Egypt. Ph.D. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Mansoura Univ.,
Egypt, 413 p.
El-Gamal, M. (1968): Geology of Salum area (W.D.). M.Sc. Thesis, Fac.
Sci., Ain Shams Univ., Cairo.
El-Heiny, I. (1982): Neogene stratigraphy of Egypt. Newsl. Stratigr.,
11/2, 41-54.
El Safori, Y. A. (1994): Stratigraphy and paleontology of some Miocene
exposures on the westren side of the Gulf of Suez, Egypt, Ph.D.
Thesis, Ain Shams Univ., 278 p.
El Safori, Y. A. and El-Sorogy, A. S. (1999): Early Miocene bryozoa of
Gabal Gharra northwest Gulf of Suez, Egypt. Egyptian Journal of
Geology, 43/2, 353-375.
El-Shazly, S. H. (1987): Stratigraphy and microfacies of the Miocene
sediments at Sudr-Gharandal, West Sinai, Egypt. Ph.D. Thesis,
Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ., 274 p.
El-Shazly, S. H. and Saber, S. G. (1999): Facies and
macropaleontological studies of the Marine Miocene sediments of
Gabal Homeira, Cairo-Suez District, Egypt, Egyptian Journal of
Geology, 43/2, 317-341.
El-Sorogy, A. S. and Ziko, A. (1999): Facies development and
environments of Miocene reefal limestone, Wadi Hagul, Cairo-
Suez District, Egypt. N. Jb. Geol. Paläont. Mh, 4, 213-226.
Embry, A. F. and Klovan, E. J. (1972): Absolute water depths limits of
Late Devonian Paleoecological zones. Geol. Rdsch. 61/2.
Farag, I.M. and Sadek, A. (1966): Stratigraphy of Gebel Homeira area,
Cairo-Suez district. J. Geol. U.A.R. 10/2, 107-123.
Flugel, E. (1982): Microfacies Analysis of Limestone: Berlin, Springer-
Verlag, 633 p.
References
186
Folk, R. L. (1959): Practical petrographic classification of limestones.
Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petro., Geol., 43/1, 1-38.
Folk, R. L. (1962): Spectral subdivision of limestone types. In:
Classification of carbonate rocks. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petro. Geol.,
46/1, 62-84.
Fourtau, R. (1916): The Echinoid fauna of the Neogene formations. Geol.
Mag., London, dec. 6, 3, 355-366.
Fourtau, R. (1920): Echinoderms neogenes de l’Egypte; catalogue des
invertebres fossiles de l'Egypte. Terrains Tertiares, Pt. 2. Geol.
Survey Egypt, Cairo, 100 p.
Fuchs, T. H. (1883): Beitrage zur kenntnis der Miocanfauna l’egyptens
und der Lybischen Wüste. Paleontographica, Stuttgart, 30, 18-66.
Ghonima, S.A., 1974 : Biostratigraphy of Mersa Matruh area ( North-
Western Desert, Egypt ). Ph.D. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ.
Ghorab, M. A. and Marzouk, I. M. (1965): A summary report on the
rock-stratigraphic classification of the Miocene in the Cairo-
Sukhna area. Internal Report, General Petroleum Co., Cairo, 600.
Hamam, K. A. (1966): Stratigraphy and paleontology of the area northwest
of Suez. M.Sc. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ., Cairo.
Hamza, F. H. (1972): Study on some Pliocene fauna from Egypt. M.Sc.
Thesis, Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ., Cairo, 228 p.
Hamza, F. H. (1992): Contribution to the Neogene biostratigraphy in the
eastern patr pf Egypt. M.E.R.C. Ain Shams Univ., Earth Sci. Ser.,
6, 151-166.
Haq, B.U., Hardenbal, J. and Vail, P.R. (1987) : Chronology of
fluctuating sea levels since the Triassic. Science, Vol. 235, pp.
1156-1166.
References
187
Harland, W. B.; Cox, A. V.; Llewellyn, P. G.; Pickton, C. A. G.; Smith,
A. G. and Walters, R. (1982) : A geologic time scale. Cambridge
Univ. Press, 140 p.
Hornes, M. (1856-1870): Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertiaer. Beckens
von Wien.
Metwalli, H. M. (1963): The study of some Miocene sediments in Cairo
Suez district. M.Sc. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Cairo Univ.
Metwally, M. H. M. (1976) : Paleontological studies on some Neogene
pectinids from Egypt. M.Sc. Thesis, Fac. Sci., Ain Shams Univ.,
Cairo. 180 p.
Moore, R. C. (1969): Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Geolo. Soc.
Amer., part N. Bivalvia, Univ. Kansas Press.
Murray, J. W. (1985): Atlas of invertebrate macrofossils. Longman, 241 p.
Pettijohn, F. J. (1975): Sedimentary Rocks. Harper & Row. New York,
628 pp.
Plumley, W. J., Risley, G. A., Graves, R. W., Kaley, M. E. (1962):
Energy index for limestone interpretation and classification. Mem.
Amer. Ass. Petrol., Geol., Tulsa, 1, 85-107.
Roger, J. (1939): Le genre Chlamys dans les Formations Neogene de
L'Europe. Ph.D. Theses, Faculty Des Science, Universite De Lyon,
286 p.
Sadek, H. (1926): The geography and geology of the district between
Gebel Ataqa and El-Galala El-Bahariya (Gulf of Suez). Geol. Surv.
of Egypt, 40, 120 p.
Sadek, H. (1959): The Miocene in the Gulf of Suez region (Egypt). Geol.
Surv. & Min. Research Dept., U.A.R., 118 p.
Said, R. (1962): Uber das Miozan in der westlichen Wuste Agypten.
Geol. Jb, 80, 349-366.
References
188
Said, R. (1971): Exploratory notes to accompany the geological map of
Egypt. Geol. Surv. Egypt, paper No. 56, 123 p.
Said, R. (1990): The Geology of Egypt. Balkema, Rotterdam, Brookfield,
734 p.
Said, R. and Metwalli, H. (1963): Foraminifera of some Miocene
sediments of the Cairo-Suez District. J. Geol. U.A.R., 7/1, 29-65.
Said, R. and Yellouze, M. (1955): Miocene fauna from Gebel Oweibed,
Egypt. Bull. Fac. Sci., Cairo Univ., 33, 61-81.
Sartorio, D. and Venturini, S. (1988) : Southern Tethys Biofacies. Agip.
Milan, Italy, 235 p.
Schaffer (1910): Zur kenntins der Miocanbildungen von Eggenburg. I.
Die Bivalvenfauna. Sitz. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. CXIX/1, Wien.
Selley, R. C. (1978): Ancient sedimentary environments (2nd edition).
Cornell Univ. Press, New York, 287 p.
Shukri, N. M. and Akmal, G. (1953): The geology of Gebel El Nasuri and
Gebel Anqabiya district. Bull. Soc. Geogr. Egypte, 26, 243-276.
Shukri, N. M. and Ayouti, M. K. (1956): The geology of Gebel Iweibid-
Gafra area, Cairo-Suez district. Bull. Soc. Geogr. Egypte, 29, 67-109.
Souaya, F. J. (1963): On the foraminifera of Gebel Gharra (Cairo-Suez
Road) and some Miocene samples. J. Paleont., 37/3, 433-457.
Stefanini, G. (1921): Fossili Terziari dell Cirenaica-Paleont. Ital., Vol. 27.
Stratigraphic Sub-Committee of the National Committee of Geological
Sciences (1974): Miocene Rock Stratigraphy of Egypt, (El-Gezeery,
M. N. and Marzouk I. M. eds.). Egypt. J. Geol., 18/1, 59 p.
Studencka, B. (1986): Bivalves from the Badenian (Middle Miocene)
marine sandy facies of Southern Poland.-Palaeotologia Polonica,
47, 1-128.
References
189
Szczechura, J. and Abd-Elshafy, E. (1988): Ostracodes and Foraminifera
from the Middle Miocene of the western coast of the Gulf of Suez,
Egypt. Acta Palaeont. Polonica, 33/4, 273-342.
Ugolini, R. (1906): Monographia dei pectinidi della Sadegena, 1st partie:
Generi Chlamys, Hinnites, Inequipecten. Paleont. Ital., 12.
Ugolini, R. (1908): Monographia dei pectinidi neogenic della Sadegena,
partie terza: Generi Amussipecten (Conti), Flabellipecten, Pecten,
Paleont. Ital., 14.
Wilson, J. L. (1975): Carbonate Facies in Geologic History : New York,
Springer-Verlag, 471 p.
Youssef, M. I., Bassiouni, M. A. and Cherif, O. H. (1971): Some
stratigraphic and tectonic aspects of the Miocene in the north
eastern part of the Eastern Desert. Bull. Inst. Desert. Egypte, 43,
109- 115.
Plates
Plate 1 Page Fig. 1: Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer. 75 internal mold, right valve Fig. 2: Isognomon sp. 75 internal mold Fig. 3: Chlamys gentoni (Fontannes 1882) 76 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve Fig. 4: Chlamys malvinae (Dubois) 77 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of right valve Fig. 5: Chlamys radians (Nyst) 78 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of right valve Fig. 6: Chlamys scabrella Lamarck 79 external view of left valve Fig. 7: Chlamys senatoria Gmelin 80 a: external view of right valve b: external view of left valve Fig. 8: Chlamys (Chlamys) costai (Fontannes, 1884) 81 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of right valve
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
Plate 2 Page Fig. 1: Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriuscula
(Matheron, 1842) 82 external view of right valve Fig. 2: Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby, 1847) 84 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve Fig. 3: Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae
(Blanckenhorn, 1901) 85 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of right valve Fig. 4: Chlamys (Macroclamis) sardoa Ugolini, 1906 87 a: external view of right valve b: external view of left valve Fig. 5: Pecten beudanti Basterot 89 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of left valve
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
Plate 3 Page Fig. 1: Pecten erythraensis Sowerby 91 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve Fig. 2: Pecten fuchsi Fontannes 92 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve Fig. 3: Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco, 1897 93 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve Fig. 4: Pecten (Pecten) fraasi Fuchs, 1883 95 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve Fig. 5: Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn, 1901 96 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of right valve Fig. 6: Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis
Lamarck, 1819 99 a: internal mold b: internal mold
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
Plate 4 Page Fig. 1: Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis
(Brocchi, 1809) 101 a: internal mold b: internal mold Fig. 2: Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus
Lamarck, 1819 102 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of right valve Fig. 3: Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) convexo-costatus
Abich, 1857 104 external view of right valve Fig. 4: Anomia burdigalensis Defrance 105 a: external view of right valve b: internal view of right valve Fig. 5: Anomia (Anomia) ephippium Linne, 1758 subsp.
rugulosostriata Brocchi, 1814 105 internal view of left valve Fig. 6: Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi
Fuchs, 1883 107 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
Plate 5 Page Fig. 1: Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti
Deshayes, 1833 109 a: external view of left valve b: internal view of left valve Fig. 2: Lucina sp. 111 internal mold Fig. 3: Linga (Linga) columbella (Lamarck, 1819) 112 internal mold Fig. 4: Diplodonta sp. 113 internal mold Fig. 5: Cardium sp. 113 internal mold Fig. 6: Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata
(Sowerby, 1839) 114 internal mold Fig. 7: Lutraria sp. 115 internal mold Fig. 8: Gastrana sp. 116 internal mold, dorsal view Fig. 9: Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby) 116 internal mold
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
Plate 6 Page Fig. 1: Gari sp. 117 internal mold Fig. 2: Azorinus sp. 118 internal mold Fig. 3: Paphia (Callistotapes)vetula (Bastrot, 1825) 119 internal mold Fig. 4: Clementia sp. 120 internal mold Fig. 5: Callista (Costacallista) erycina (Linne, 1758) 121 internal mold Fig. 6: Clavagella sp. 122 internal mold Fig. 7: Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudi Abbass, 1977 122 internal mold Fig. 8: Turritella (Turritella) cleevelyi Abbass, 1977 123 internal mold Fig. 9: Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck, 1799 124 internal mold Fig. 10: Luria (Luria) salwae Abbass, 1977 125 internal mold Fig. 11: Ampullina (Pseudamaura) maedai Abbass, 1977 126 internal mold Fig. 12: Ampullina (Pseudamaura) macfaydeni
Abbass, 1977 127 internal mold
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
Plate 7 Page Fig. 1: Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass, 1977 124 internal mold Fig. 2: Natica sp. 127 internal mold Fig. 3: Natica cf. millepunctata Lamarck, 1822 128 internal mold Fig. 4: Bursa faizae Abbass, 1977 129 internal mold Fig. 5: Ficus reticulatus (Lamarck, 1799) 129 internal mold Fig. 6: Ficus sp. 130 internal mold Fig. 7: Oliva (Neocylindrus) wagihi Abbass, 1977 131 internal mold Fig. 8: Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi, 1841 132 internal mold Fig. 9: Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio, 1929 133 internal mold Fig. 10: Planorbis (Planorbis) nakanoi Abbass, 1977 134 internal mold Fig. 11: Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins, 1837 135 aboral view
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
Plate 8 Page Fig. 1: Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck, 1816 136 aboral view Fig. 2: Scutella ammonis Fuchs, 1883 137 view of a fragment Fig. 3: Parascutella stefaninii (Desio, 1929) 138 aboral view Fig. 4: Echinolampas amplus Fuchs, 1883 139 a: aboral view b: aboral view Fig. 5: Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz, 1840 141 a: aboral view b: oral view
Bar scale = 1cm
Plates
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300
Plates
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a 21a 22a 23a 24a 25a 26a 27a 28a 29a 30a 31a 32a 33a 34a 35a 36a 37a 38a 39a 40a 41a 42a 43a 44a 45a 46a 47a 48a 49a 50a 51a 52a 53a 54a 55a 56a 57a 58a 59a 60a 61a 62a 63a 64a 65a 66a 67a 68a 69a 70a 71a 72a 73a 74a 75a 76a 77a 78a 79a 80a 81a 82a 83a 84a 85a 86a 87a 88a 89a 90a 91a 92a 93a 94a 95a 96a 97a 98a 99a 100a 0a 0a 0a 0a 0a 0a 0a 0a 0a 0a 1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b 17b 18b 19b 20b 21b 22b 23b 24b 25b 26b 27b 28b 29b 30b 31b 32b 33b 34b 35b 36b 37b 38b 39b 40b 41b 42b 43b 44b 45b 46b 47b 48b 49b 50b 51b 52b 53b 54b 55b 56b 57b 58b 59b 60b 61b 62b 63b 64b 65b 66b 67b 68b 69b 70b 71b 72b 73b 74b 75b 76b 77b 78b 79b 80b 81b 82b 83b 84b 85b 86b 87b 88b 89b 90b 91b 92b 93b 94b 95b 96b 97b 98b 99b 100b 0b 0b 0b 0b 0b 0b 0b 0b 0b 0b a b c a b c a b c a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix x xi xii xiii xiv xv xvi xvii xviii xix xx A B C A B C A B C A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII XIII XIV XV XVI XVII XVIII XIX XX
+++++++++++
2 0.5
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
Gabal Geneifa section.
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
. (
m )
LIT
HO
LO
GY
BIO
ST
RA
TIG
RA
PH
IC
U
NIT
S
M
i
o
c
e
n
e
M i
d d
l e
M i
o c
e n
e
L a
n g
h i
a n
-
---
S
e r
r a
v a
l i
a n
(
? )
G e
n e
f e
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
14 5
13
TIM
E
UN
IT
RO
CK
UN
IT
17
Chl
amys
(Mac
roch
lam
is)
sard
oa
zone
12 1.511 1
Pec
ten
(Pec
ten)
cr
ista
to-
cost
atus
zon
e
10 1.5
9 5
E a
r l
y
M
i o
c e
n e
B
u
r
d
i
g
a
l i
a
n
G h
a r
r a
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
8
5
3
Chl
amys
ge
nton
i zo
ne
4 12
3.5
7 14.5
6 1.5
1.6
1 25
7.5
0
1
2
3 m
++++++++++++
8 0.5
Gabal Gharra section.
B
IOS
TR
AT
IGR
AP
HIC
U
NIT
S
4
15 30
M
i
o
c
e
n
eM
i
d
d
l
e
M
i
o
c e
n
e
L a
n g
h i
a n
----
S e
r r
a v
a l
i a
n
( ?
)G
e n
e f
e
F
o r
m a
t i
o n
Chl
amys
(Arg
opec
ten)
su
bmal
vina
e z
one
14 24.5
Chl
amys
(Mac
roch
lam
is)
sard
oa z
one
16.4
Pec
ten
(Pec
ten)
cr
ista
to-c
osta
tus
zo
ne
E
a r
l
y
M
i
o
c e
n
e
B
u
r
d
i
g
a
l i
a
n
G h
a r
r a
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
12 4.9Pecten
(Flabellipecten) flabelliformis zone
11 19.5
Pec
ten
(P.)
ziz
inia
e -
Pec
ten
(Fla
belli
pect
en)
flab
ellif
orm
is
bar
ren
inte
rzon
e
10 3.2 Pecten (P.) ziziniae zone
6.1
9 5
Chl
amys
ge
nton
i zo
ne
7 6
6 7.7
3.4
TH
ICK
. ( m
)
LIT
HO
LO
GY
3 1.5
2 7
5 2
4
Oligocene
TIM
E U
NIT
RO
CK
UN
IT
BE
D N
O.
1
13
16
3 m
012
++++++++
2 0.5
Gabal Homeira section.
19 30
Chl
amys
(M
acro
chla
mis
) sa
rdoa
zon
e
18
M
i
o
c
e
n
e
M
i
d
d
l
e
M
i o
c
e
n
e
L a
n g
h i
a n
----
S e
r r
a v
a l
i a
n
(
? )
G e
n e
f e
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
3.3
Pec
ten
(P
ecte
n) c
rist
ato-
cost
atus
zon
e
17 3.9
16 25.5
13 2.5
E
a r
l
y
M
i
o
c e
n
e
B
u
r
d
i
g
a
l i
a
n
G h
a r
r a
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
15
10
7
4
B
IOS
TR
AT
IGR
AP
HIC
UN
ITS
1.5
6 3
1.5
9 4.3
8 3
Pec
ten
(Pec
ten)
zi
zini
ae z
one
2.7
TH
ICK
. ( m
)
LIT
HO
LO
GY
1.4
2.9
5
4.2
5
6.1
4.6
Oligocene
TIM
E U
NIT
RO
CK
UN
IT
BE
D N
O.
1
3
5
12
11
14
3 m
0
1
2
Congl.
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.
LITHO
LOGY
SstClayShale
LITHO
LOGY
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.
LITHO
LOGY
Marl16 4 +++++++
Time Rock Unit
Ro
ck U
nit
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.
e unexposedp uncovered
LITHO
LOGY
Marl16 4 +++++++
Lst
15 30
Time Rock Unit
Ro
ck U
nit
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.
Chalky Lst
Dolom.xxxxxxx
M
i
o
c
e
n
e
M i
d d
l e
M
i o
c e
n e
L a
n g
h I
a n
-
--
S e
r r
a v
a l
I a
n
(
? )
G e
n e
f e
F o
r m
a t
I o
n 19 30
+++++++ ++++++
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.
LITHO
LOGY
4.2
13 16.4
4.9
15 30
M
i
o
c
e
n
e
M i
d d
l e
M
i o
c e
n e
L a
n g
h I
a n
-
--
S e
r r
a v
a l
I a
n
(
? )
G e
n e
f e
F o
r m
a t
I o
n 19 30
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.
LITHO
LOGY
14 24.5 5
17
18 3.314
17 3.9
13
16 25.5
12 1.510 & 11 2.5
9 5
L o
w e
r
M
i o
c e
n e
B
u
r
d
i
g
a
l
i a
n
G h
a r
r a
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
15 6.1 12 8 3.5
7 14.5
11 19.5
14 4.6
13 2.5
126 1.5
11 55 7.510 1.5 10 3.2
9 4.39 5
128 3
7 & 8 6.57 1.56 3
5 56 7.7 2 & 3
4
2.14 1.4
1 25
2 & 3 3.4 5 2
4 6.11 2.7
O l i g o c e n e 3 1.5
2 7
xxxxxxx1 3.4
Oligoc.Geneifa section
( 97.1m )
Homeira section( 110.9m )
8 m
0 m
4 m
Gharra section( 141.7m )
Fig. 2 : Lithostratigraphic correlation chart for the three studied Miocene sections in the Cairo-Suez District.
( 97.1m )Gharra section( 141.7m )
Shukry & Akmal
( 1953 )
Shukri & Ayouti
( 1956 )
Plioc.Hamzi
Fm
Genefe Member
Genefe Fm
Gafra Member
Reishi Member
Un
it
II Sadat Reefal LST
Member
Un
it
I
Agrud Sandstone
Member
PresentWork
Eoc
ene
Oligoce
ne
Oligoce
ne
Oligoce
ne
Upper Eocene
Mid
dle
Mio
cen
e
Gen
efe
Fo
rmat
ion
Ear
ly M
ioce
ne
Gh
arr
a F
orm
ati
on
Olig
ocen
e
Elattar(2003)
Gh
arr
a F
orm
ati
on
Mid
dle
M
ioce
ne
Sad
at
Fo
rmat
ion
Ear
ly M
ioce
ne
( ? )
Mid
dle
Mio
cen
e
Gen
efe
Fo
rmat
ion
Ear
ly M
ioce
ne
&Saber
Late
Miocene
Mid
dle
M
ioce
ne
Ear
ly M
ioce
ne
Upper Eocene
Sad
at
Fo
rmat
ion
Ho
mm
ath
F
m
Moneim( 1992 )
Lat
e M
ioce
ne
Abdel-
Ha
gu
l F
mG
hew
eib
ba
Fm
Oligoce
ne
Oligoce
ne
Olig
ocen
e
Olig
ocen
e
Oligocene
Oligoce
ne
Oligocene
Bu
rdig
ali
an
Sad
at
Fo
rmat
ion
Aq
uit
ania
n-
Bu
rdig
ali
an
Gh
arra
F
orm
atio
n
Genefe Chalky
LST Member
Mid
dle
Mio
cen
e
Lan
gh
ian
Gen
efe
Fo
rmat
ion
Ho
mm
ath
Fo
rmat
ion
Ho
mm
ath
San
dy
Lim
esto
ne
Mem
ber
Mar
ine
Mio
cen
e
Mid
dle
Mio
cen
e
Genefe Formation
Gh
arra
F
orm
atio
n
Ho
mm
ath
Fo
rmat
ion
Abbasia Member
Reishi Member
Lo
wer
Mio
cen
e
Sadat Formation
Un
it
I
II
Hel
veti
an
Mar
ine
Mio
cen
eV
ind
ob
on
ian
Bu
rdig
ali
an
Bu
rdig
ali
an
Hel
veti
an
Un
it
I
I
Gh
arra
F
orm
atio
n
Hel
veti
an
Gafra Member
Abbasia Member
Bu
rdig
ali
an
Un
it
I
Sukhna Member
Bu
rdig
ali
anM
arin
e M
ioce
ne
Mid
dle
Mio
cen
eM
arin
e M
ioce
ne
Cal
care
ou
s U
nit
Lo
wer
Mio
cen
e
San
dy
Un
it
Hagul Formation
Lat
e P
lioce
ne
Hamzi Fm
Mes
sin
ian
Hagul Fm Hagul
FmNo
n M
arin
e M
ioce
ne
Up
per
Mio
cen
e
No
n M
arin
e M
ioce
ne
Up
per
Mio
cen
e
Iwei
bid
Fm El-Bahhara
Member
Up
per
Mio
cen
e
El-Hamza Member
Non Marine Miocene
Up
per
Mio
cen
eN
on
Mar
ine
Mio
cen
e
( 1990 )( 1965 ) ( 1966 ) ( 1970 ) ( 1974 )
El-Heiny Said(1962b) ( 1963 ) Marzouk ( 1966 ) Sadek Aboul Ela ( 1977 ) ( 1982 )
Said Metwalli & HamamEl Shazly
( 1999 )
PO
ST
M
IDD
LE
M
IOC
EN
E
Ghorab Farag BarakatStratigraphic
Sub-Committee& & Abbass
Oligocene
Eoc
ene
Oligoce
ne
Oligoce
ne
Oligoce
ne
Upper Eocene
Olig
ocen
e
Upper Eocene
Oligoce
ne
Oligoce
ne
Olig
ocen
e
Olig
ocen
e
Oligocene
Oligoce
ne
Oligocene
Table 1: Different rock units proposed by different authors for the Miocene rocks in the Cairo-Suez District.
Egy
pt
Syr
ia
Alg
eria
Ital
y
Mal
ta
Rho
ne
Val
ley
Vie
nna
Bas
in
Fra
nce
Esp
ain
Por
tuga
l
Pol
and
Hon
gari
a
Arm
enia
Zan
zib
ar
Present Work
1- Arca (Anadara) grondica Mayer (M) M
2- Isognomon sp. E
3- Chlamys gentoni Fontannes (M) E
4- Chlamys malvinae (Dubois) (M) L E-M
5- Chlamys radians (Nyst) L M
6- Chlamys scabrella Lamarck L E E-M
7- Chlamys senatoria Gmelin E E M
8- Chlamys (Chlamys) costai (Fontannes) E-M E-L E M
9- Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriuscula (Matheron) M M-L M, L E
10- Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis (Sowerby) M M E-L E E-L M
11- Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae (Blanckenhorn) M M M
12- Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa Ugolini E L M
13- Pecten beudanti Basterot (M) E
14- Pecten erythraensis Sowerby (M) E
15- Pecten fuchsi Fontannes M L E
16- Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus Sacco E (M) M
17- Pecten (Pecten) fraasi Fuchs E M E-M
18- Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae Blanckenhorn E E
19- Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis Lamarck E E E
20- Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis (Brocchi) L L (M) E
21- Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus Lamarck E-M E-L E
22- Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) convexo-costatus Abich E M
23- Anomia burdigalensis Defrance M (M) E
24- Anomia (Anomia) ephippium subsp. rugulosostriata Brocchi M L (M) (M) E
25- Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs (M) (M) E-M
LocalitiesSpesies
26- Alectryonella plicatula (Gmelin) subsp. virleti Deshayes E-L E-M
27- Lucina sp. (M) (M) (M) E
28- Linga (Linga) columbella Lamarck M (M) M E
29- Diplodonta sp. (M) (M) (M) M
30- Cardium sp. E-M
31- Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata (Sowerby) M M M E
32- Lutraria sp. M
33- Gastrana sp. (M) E-M
34- Gastrana laminosa (Sowerby) M M
35- Gari sp. (M) M
36- Azorinus sp. E
37- Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula (Bastrot) M (M) L L (M) M (M) E-M
38- Clementia sp. E-M
39- Callista (Costacallista) erycina (Linne) M (M) M
40- Clavagella sp. (M) M
41- Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudi Abbass L M
42- Turritella (Turritella) cleevelyi Abbass (M) E
43- Turritella (Turritella) terebralis Lamarck E-M E-M
44- Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi Abbass L E
45- Luria (Luria) salwae Abbass L M
46- Ampullina (Pseudamaura) maedai Abbass L M
47- Ampullina (Pseudamaura) macafaydeni Abbass L M
48- Natica sp. Abbass (M) (M) M
49- Natica cf. millepunctata Lamarck E-M (M) E
50- Bursa faizae Abbass E E
51- Ficus reticulatus (Lamarck) M (M) E
52- Ficus sp. (M) (M) E-M
53- Oliva (Neocylindrus) wagihi Abbass L M
54- Conus (Lithoconus) mercati Brocchi E-L (M) (M) E-M
55- Conus (Conolithus) melficus Desio E-M E
56- Planorbis (Planorbis) nakanoi Abbass L M
57- Clypeaster intermedius Desmoulins E-M (M) (M) (M) (M) (M) M
58- Clypeaster marginatus Lamarck M (M) (M) (M) (M) E-M
59- Scutella ammonis Fuchs E-M E-M
60- Parascutella stefaninii (Desio) E- M E-M
61- Echinolampas amplus Fuchs E-M E-M
62- Echinolampas plagiosomus Agassiz M (M) (M) (M) (M) E
E = Early Miocene M = Middle Miocene L = Late Miocene (M) = MioceneTable 2: The ages assigned by previous authors to the recorded fauna in some parts of the world.
Ro
ck U
nit
Bed No.
Th
ick
.
(
m )
Lit
ho
log
y
+++++
Silty calcareous claystone : Greenish gray to brownish gray; soft to moderately compact; highly gypsiferous; ferruginous; unfossiliferous. Silt composes of medium quartz grains.
Highly fossiliferous sandy limestone : Grayish white to yellowish white, brownish gray in parts; moderately compact; slightly argillaceous. It yields bivalvia as Chlamys radians, Chlamys (Chlamys)
17
Argillaceous limestone : Yellow to yellowish brown; moderately compact; fossiliferous, with Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi, and Alectryonella plicatula subsp. virleti and foraminifers as Miogypsina intermedia.
Fossiliferous limestone : white to yellowish white grading upwards into yellow; moderately compact to compact; massive; slightly argillaceous; with some gypsum veins; fossiliferous to highly fossiliferous at the upper part, sandy in the lower part. Sand grains are medium to fine quartz grains; subrounded to subangular.
It yields bivalvia as large sized oysters, single and double-valved as Alectryonella plicatula subsp. virleti , Crassostrea frondosa (De Serres) subsp. rohlfsi Fuchs and others; large sized pectinids as Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) convexo-costatus, Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa, Gastrana sp.; gastropods as Conus (Lithoconus) mercati, Ampullina (Pseudamaura) maedai; echinoids as Echinolampas amplus, Clypeaster marginatus; bryozoans such as holoporella sp. also, it yields algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp; foraminifers as Operculina complanata, Miogypsina intermedia, Amphistegina sp., and other foraminifers.
Fossiliferous sandy marl : Brownish white to yellowish white; soft to moderately compact. It yields bivalvia as Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus, Pecten (Pecten) fraasi, Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis, Chlamys (Chlamys) costai, Chlamys radians; echinoidal, molluscan and foraminiferal fragments; Holoporella sp. The microfossils are represented by Operculina complanata, Miogypsina intermedia. Also, it yields algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.
Fossiliferous limestone : Yellowish brown to brown; compact; massive; slightly ferruginous; argillaceous; fossiliferous. It yields Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa, Clypeaster intermedius; echinoidal, molluscan and bryozoans fragments. The microfossils such as algal fragments as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.; foraminifers as Operculina complanata, Miogypsina intermedia, Amphistegina sp. and other foraminifers.
1.5
Time Rock UnitInsoluble Residue % Lithologic Description
14 5
n
e
M i
d d
l e
M i
o c
e n
eL
a n
g h
i a
n
--
--
S
e r
r a
v a
l i
a n
( ?
)
G e
n e
f e
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
13
11 1
12
10 1.5
9 5
0 50 1000 50
Fossiliferous sandy limestone :Brownish white to white, occasionally yellowish white; compact; massive; jointed; slightly argillaceous. It is highly fossiliferous yielding Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti , Azorinus sp., Isognomon sp., Chlamys gentoni; gastropod molds; echinoids as Echinolampas amplus, Clypeaster sp., Scutella sp. and others; numerous Balanus concavus; red algae as Lithothamnium sp.; Holoporella sp.; corals (small heads, sometimes dissolved and leaving only their molds). The main foraminiferal species in this bed are Operculina sp., Amphistegina sp. and Heterostegina sp.
Silty claystone : Brown to dark brown and yellowish brown; moderately compact; laminated; gypsiferous; ferruginous; unfossiliferous; very slightly calcareous. Silt represents 30-40% and composed of quartz grains.
Fossiliferous limestone : Brownish white to yellowish white; highly compact; fractured; dolomitic. Limestone composed of crypto crystalline calcite. Dolomite composed of micro to fine euhedral crystals. It yields Holoporella sp.; Operculina complanata, Amphistegina sp., Miogypsinids; echinoid fragments (plates and spines); molluscan fragments.
Dolomitic argillaceous sandstone : Yellowish white to white and yellow; compact; fine to medium quartz grains; with dolostone lenses of micro to fine subhedral crystals, sometimes associated with grains of ferruginous materials; poorly fossiliferous represented by some molluscan fragments.
y g y g y y y ( y )costai , Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis, Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus, Pecten (Pecten) fraasi , Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi, gastropods as Natica sp., Ampullina (Pseudamaura) macfaydeni ; regular echinoids; bryozoans as Retepora sp., Holoporella sp.; foraminifers as Amphistegina sp., Miogypsina intermedia , Operculina sp. and other foraminifers.
M
i
o
c
e
8 3.5
4 12
7 14.5
6 1.5
5 7.5
M
i o
c e
n e
g
a
l
i
a
n
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
Calcareous sandstone : Brown to yellowish brown, occasionally brownish gray; fine to coarse quartz grains; subrounded to subangular; poorly to ill-sorted; moderately compact to semi-friable; rarely fossiliferous; ferruginous. The calcareous matter is calcite, represents the cement between the quartz grains. The fauna are represented by shell fragments of bivalvia.
2 0.5
xxxxx
Fig. 9: Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene sediments at Gabal Geneifa.
Base unexposed
Top uncovered
Conglomerate
xxxxxxxx
+++++++
Sandstone
Clay
Shale
Marl
Limestone
Chalky Limestone
Dolomite
1.6L o
w e
r
B
u
r
d
i
G h
a r
r a
Shale : Gray, brownish gray to yellowish gray, moderately compact, thinly laminated, jointed, unfossiliferous, ferrugineous, gypsiferous, with gypsum bands and veins (Thick up to 2 cm), very slightly calcareous, dipping to the west ( 20-30 deg ), silty, its base unexposed.
1 25
Calcareous sandstone : Yellowish brown; fine to medium quartz grains; moderately sorted; semi-friable to moderately compact; with few fresh feldspar minerals (plagioclase); fossiliferous with shell fragments of bivalvia.
Conglomeratic sandstone : Yellow to yellowish brown, medium to coarse quartz grains, occasionally very coarse grained, occasionally fine grained, subangular to subrounded, poorly sorted, semi- friable to moderately compact, unfossiliferous.
3
0
1
2
3 m
RO
CK
UN
IT
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.( m
)
LIT
HO
LO
GY
+++++
Chalky Limestone
Dolomite
Top uncovered
Oligocene
+++++++
Olig.
Clay
Shale
Marl
Limestone
? )
Time Rock Unit
INSOLUBLE RESIDUE %
15 30
LITHOLOGIC DESCRIPTION
16 4
Chalky Limestone : Yellowish white to white, occasionally yellow; moderately compact. It yields some shell fragments, echinoid plates and undefined foraminifera. Also, it yields algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.
Conglomerate
Sandstone
Fossiliferous sandy chalky limestone : Yellow to yellowish white; moderately compact; algal in parts. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded. It yields Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti, Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae, Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis, Chlamys malvinae, Chlamys senatoria; broken parts of echinoids; bryozoa and few corals; foraminifers as Miogypsina intermedia .
0 50 100
n
eM
i
d
d
l
e
M
i o
c
e
n
e
L a
n g
h i
a n
----
S e
r r
a v
a l
i a
n
(
G e
n e
f e
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
14 24.5
Fossiliferous limestone : White to yellowish white, occasionally milky white; moderately compact; bioturbated in the upper part with a yellowish brown color. It yields Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti , embryonic stages of oysters are found. Also, it yields Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa, and other pectinidae fragments; Echinolampas amplus, Clypeaster intermedius , echinoid spines and corals; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.
Fossiliferous limestone: Yellow to yellowish white; compact; massive; slightly argillaceous; slightly sandy. It yields bivalvia as Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti , Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus, Chlamys (Argopecten) macrotis, Chlamys scabrella, Chlamys senatoria ; Cardium sp.; rich in molds of Callista (Costacallista) erycina, Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula, Clementia sp., Diplodonta sp., Gari sp. Also it yields Lutraria sp., Gastrana laminosa; gastropods as Turritella (Turritella) terebralis ; echinoderms as Echinolampas amplus, Clypeaster marginatus,
M
i
o
c
e
13 16.4
11 19.5
Scutella ammonis; crustacea as Balanus concavus; coral reefs as Leptastrea sp. The lower 0.5m of this bed represents a pectinids and oyster bank, whereas the upper (20-125 cm) represents a sclaractenian coral reef which is monospecific (Leptastrea sp.), and it is replaced in parts with an algal limestone band. Algae represented by Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.
12 4.9
Fossiliferous calcareous sandstone : Yellow to yellowish white, occasionally yellowish brown; moderately compact, occasionally semi-friable to friable; fine to medium quartz grains; pebbly at base. It yields bivalvia as Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti ; Chlamys scabrella, Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis, Anomia burdigalensis, Clementia sp. Also it yields echinoderms as Scutella ammonis , Parascutella stefaninii and other echinoderms.
Sandy shale : Dark gray to gray; soft to moderately compact; gypsiferous; unfossiliferous; more sandy upwards; interbedded with ferruginous bands of 5 cm thick for each, these bands increase in number upwards. Sand grains are fine to very fine quartz grains; subrounded.
8 0.5
Calcareous shale : Dark gray to gray; moderately compact; fractured; unfossiliferous; very slightly sandy; silty. Sand grains are fine to very fine quartz grains, subrounded to subangular, moerately sorted.
L
o
w
e
r
M
i o
c
e
n
e
B
u
r
d
i
g
a
l
i a
n
G h
a r
r a
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
Fossiliferous argillaceous limestone : Brownish yellow to yellow; soft. It yields Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti. A pectinids band occurs at the upper 0.5m, it yields large-sized pectinids as Pecten (Pecten) fraasi, Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae, Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus, very crowded with Pecten beudanti, Pecten (Amussiopecten) burdigalensis. This bed also yields Gastrana sp.; gastropods as Conus (Lithoconus) mercati, Ficus sp.; crustacea as Balanus; bryozoa and few coral heads; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp; foraminifers as Operculina complanata, Miogypsina intermedia and Heterostegina sp.
10 3.2
9 5
Argillaceous limestone : Yellowish brown; moderately compact; slightly sandy; poorly fossiliferous with Chlamys gentoni and other broken fragments.
7 6 Sandy limestone : Yellow to yellowish brown; moderately compact; slightly argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded. It is poorly fossiliferous yielding foraminifers as Amphistegina sp, Operculina complanata and Miogypsina intermedia .
6 7.7
Fossiliferous sandy limestone : Yellow to yellowish white; moderately compact; slightly argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded. Fossils are represented by Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti , Chlamys gentoni ; Lucina sp.; gastropods as Natica cf. millepunctata ; many chips of Scutella ammonis , Parascutella stefaninii , Prionocidaris cf. avenionensis , Echinolampas sp., Clypeaster sp. and echinoid spines; bryozoa.
5 2Calcareous sandstone : Dark yellowish brown; moderately compact; fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded; moderately sorted; ferruginous in parts.
4 6.1
Shale : Light to dark gray; moderately compact; sandy; silty; slightly calcareous; underlianed by ferruginous hard sandstone band of 5 cm thick.
Ferruginous sandstone : Yellowish brown; fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded; moderately sorted; argillaceous; very slightly calcareous, unfossiliferous. It is encountered between 3 1.5
Fig. 22: Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene sediments at Gabal Gharra.
Olig.
two hard ferruginous sandstone bands 5 cm thick for each.
2 7Shale : Reddish brown at the base, gray upwards; soft at bottom, firm upwards; sandy; silty; very slightly calcareous, unfossiliferous, unfossiliferous. Sand grains in shale are fine to medium quartz grains; subrounded to subangular. Sand grains in the ferruginous band are medium to coarse quartz grains; subangular to subrounded.
The uppermost part of the Oligocene sediments are composed mainly of sands, gravels, boulders and silicified woods.
1 3.4Sandstone : Yellowish brown to reddish brown; moderately compact to semi-friable; fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded; moderately sorted; unfossiliferous. It unconformably overlies the Oligocene sands, gravels and boulders.
3 m
0
1
2
Ro
ck
Un
it
Bed
No
.
Th
ick
. (
m )
Lit
ho
log
y
++++
Time Rock Unit
Insoluble Residue % Lithologic Description
Fossiliferous sandy limestone : Yellowish white to light brownish white; moderately compact to compact; massive; fractured in parts; argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subrounded to subangular. It yields Chlamys (Macrochlamis) sardoa and other small-sized pectinids; molds of other bivalves as Cardium sp., Clavagella sp., Gastrana sp., Gastrana laminosa, Arca (Anadara) grondica; gastropods as Turritella (Turritella) terebralis , Ficus sp., Lanistes (Lanistes) mahmoudi , Luria (Luria) salwae , Oliva (Neocyclindrus) wagihi , Planorbis (Planorbis) nakanoi; worm tubes; sclarctenian corals and bryozoans. Also it yields foraminifers as Heterostegina sp., Amphistegina sp. and other foraminifers; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.
19 30
e
n
ei
a n
( ?
) i
o n
Marl
Limestone
Chalhy Limestone
Dolomite
ConglomerateSandstone
Clay
Shale
Top uncovered +++++++
0 50 100
Marl : ( Oyster bank ): Brownish yellow; soft to moderately compact; clayey at base, gradually become more calcareous at top. The sediments represent the matrix between the fauna which are mainly represented by Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti . It yields Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus; broken parts of Scutella ammonis and Parascutella stefaninii.
Fossiliferous limestone : Yellowish white to yellow, yellowish brown to brown in the upper two meters; moderately compact. It is rich in large-sized oysters as Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus, Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp virleti . Also, it yields Cardium sp.; broken parts of echinoids as Scutella ammonis, Parascutella stefaninii and echinoid spines; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.; foraminifera as Amphistegina sp.
18 3.3
17 3.9
16 25.5
c
e
n
eM
i
d
d
l
e
M
i o
c
L
a n
g h
i a
n
--
--
S
e r
r a
v a
l i
G e
n e
f e
F o
r m
a t
Fossiliferous sandy limestone : Yellow to yellowish white; moderately compact; argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; rounded to subrounded. It yields Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus . It is rich in Scutella ammonis , Parascutella stefaninii and broken parts of other echinoid species. Also, it yields some fragments of pectinids and other bivalves nd foraminifers as Miogypsina intermedia .
Shale : Greenish gray to yellowish green, occasionally stained with yellow color; moderately compact; highly fractured and jointed; soapy; gypsiferous; unfossiliferous; slightly calcareous; slightly sandy; slightly silty.
Sandy limestone : Yellowish white to yellowish brown; moderately compact. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded; moderately sorted; with eroded periphery; pebbly at its lower part. It is poorly fossiliferous with bad preserved bivalvia, Balanus concavus and echinoid fragments.
Claystone : Gray, greenish gray to light green, occasionally yellowish green; moderately compact; fractured; jointed; fissile; unfossiliferous; slightly calcareous; very slightly sandy; slightly silty.
Argillaceous calcareous sandstone : Yellow to yellowish brown; fine to medium quartz grains; angular to subrounded; moderately sorted; moderately compact; with altered plagioclase, microcline and biotite.
Fossiliferous sandy limestone : Yellowish brown to light brown; soft to moderately compact; slightly argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subangular to subrounded; moderately sorted.
Claystone : Gray to light gray, occasionally dark gray; soft; gypsiferous; unfossiliferous; slightly calcareous; silty.
Calcareous sandstone : Yellowish white to yellowish brown; fine to coarse quartz grains; angular to subrounded; poorly sorted; moderately compact; slightly argillaceous; poorly fossiliferous with bad preserved oysters and pectinids.
It yields bivalvia as Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp. virleti. It is rich in pectinids as Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae , Pecten fuchsi , Pecten (Oppenheimopecten) benedictus, Pecten erythraensis, Pecten beudanti , Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis, other bivalves as Linga (Linga) columbella , Cardium sp., Anomia burdigalensis, Anomia (Anomia) ephippium subsp. rogulosostriata ; gastropods as Conus (Lithoconus) mercati , Conus (Conolithus) melficus, Ficus reticulatus ; broken echinoids as Clypeaster sp. ; and Balanus concavus; algae as Lithothamnium sp. and Lithophyllum sp.
Fossiliferous sandy limestone : Yellowish white to brownish white; moderately compact; fractured; slightly argillaceous; calcareous matter represented by cryptocrystalline calcite. Sand grains are fine to coarse quartz grains; subrounded to rounded; poorly sorted and stained with iron oxides on periphery.
It yields Crassostrea frondosa subsp. rohlfsi , Alectryonella plicatula subsp. virleti , Pecten fuchsi , Pecten (Pecten) ziziniae , Chlamys malvinae, Chlamys (Aequipecten) scabriscula; Paphia (Callistotapes) vetula , Acanthocardia (Acanthocardia) paucicostata, Cardium sp., Anomia sp.; Ficus sp., Turritell (Turritella) cleevelyi , Turritella (Eichwaldiella) fouadi , Turritella (Turritella) terebralis ; Bursa faizae , Echinolampas amplus, Echinolampas plagiosomus, Clypeaster marginatus; bryozoa as Holoporella polythele; algae as Lithothamnium sp and Lithophyllum sp.; Operculina complanata, Miogypsina intermedia .
Sandy limestone : Yellowish white; slightly to moderately compact; slightly compact. Sand grains are fine to coarse quartz grains; angular to subrounded; poorly sorted; with eroded periphery; pebbly in
parts. It yields oysters and pectinids. Also, it yields Heterostegina sp.
4.6
13 2.5
15 6.1
4.2
11 5
10 1.5
9 4.3
3
1.5
B
u
r
d
i
g
a
l
i a
n
G h
a r
r a
F o
r m
a t
i o
n
8
12
14
7
M
i
o
L
o
w
e
r
M
i
o
c
e
n
e
2 0.5
Fig. 32: Lithostratigraphic succession of the Miocene sediments at Gabal Homeira.
Sandy limestone : Yellowish white; moderately compact; slightly argillaceous. Sand grains are fine to coarse quartz grains; angular to subrounded; poorly sorted. It yields oysters and pectinids which are embedded in the rock and not easy to be collected. Also, it yields Heterostegina sp.
Sandy marl : Yellowish white; moderately compact. Sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains; subrounded to subangular, moderately sorted. It is fossiliferous with sclaractenian corals, echinoid plates and spines.
6 3
4
5 5
3
Olig.
1 2.7
2.9
1.4
The uppermost part of the Oligocene sediments are composed mainly of sands, gravels, boulders and silicified woods.
Shale : Varicolored, yellow, brown; moderately compact; fractured; unfossiliferous; slightly calcareous; slightly sandy; slightly silty. This bed unconformably overlies sands and gravels bed of Oligocene age.
Sandy dolostone : Yellowish brown; compact to highly compact; fractured; calcareous matter represent by euhedral microcrystalline dolomite rhombs. The sand grains are fine to medium quartz grains. Poorly fossiliferous, with echinoid fragments and undefined foraminiferal tests.
Sandy limestone : Yellowish white to yellowish brown; moderately compact; slightly argillaceous. Sand grains are medium to coarse quartz grains; subrounded to subangular; moderately sorted. It is poorly fossiliferous with echinoid plates.
Calcareous sandstone : Yellowish brown to yellowish white; fine to medium grained; subrounded to rounded; moderately sorted; moderately compact; cement represented by calcareous matter of cryptocrystalline calcite; poorly fossiliferous.
3 m
0
1
2
BED NO.
TH
ICK
.
(m)
LITHOLOGY
+++++
+++++
Marl
Limestone
Chalky LST
Dolomite
Conglomerate
Sandstone
Clay
Shale
INSOLUBLE RESIDUE %
16 4
15 30
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
. (m
)
LITH
OLO
GY INSOLUBLE
RESIDUE %
3019
xxxxx
+++++
Base unexposed
Top uncovered
Oligo.Oligocene
Time Rock Unit
Ro
ck U
nit
( ?
)
0 50 1000 50 100
0 50 100
Cairo
Suez
26 30 34
24
27
30
14 24.5
3.3
3.9
25.5
18
17
16
14 5
LITH
OLO
GY INSOLUBLE
RESIDUE %
BE
D N
O.
TH
ICK
.
(m)
13 17M
i
d
d
l
e
M
i
o
c
e
n
e
L
a
n
g
h
i
a
n
--
--
S
e
r
r
a
v
a
l
i
a
n
G
e
n
e
f
e
F
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
n
e
. 0 50 100
13 16.4
12 4.915 6.1
11 19.5
14 4.6
13 2.5
12 4.2
11 5
10 1.5
F
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
12 1.5
11 1
10 1.5
9 5
8 3.5
7 14.5
6 1.5
5 7.5
M
i
o
c
e
M
i
o
c
e
n
e
g
a
l
i
a
n
8 0.5
2 0.5
2 0.5
9 4.3
1.4
7 6
7 1.5
9 58 3
6
5 5
3
10 3.2
2
4 6.1
6 7.7
1 2.7
Homeira section ( 110.9 m )
3
5
O l i g o.
G
h
a
r
r
a
3 2.9
4
1.5
2 7
4 12
3 1.6
1 25
L
o
w
e
r
B
u
r
d
i
3 m
0
1
2
xxxxx
Geneifa section ( 97.1 m )
Gharra section ( 141.7 m )
Fig. 33 : Lithostratigraphic correlation chart for the three studied Miocene sections.
1 3.4
Oligo.
0
لملخص العربى ا
1
العربيالملخص
الةتهدف ى الرس ات دراسة إل ات والحفري رة الطبق سحالكبي ة ن وال ات الترسيب الدقيق وبيئ
سفلى ين ال خور الميوس بعض ص طل شفة واألوس شرقي المنك زء ال ي الج اطق ف ي بعض المن ف
ة م ومقارنته بمصر السويس -القاهرة بمنطقه لوضع تصورعن الطبقية الصخرية والطبقية الحيوي
ة الزم ذة المنطق ة له يب القديم ات الترس ة وبيئ ة الزمني ة والطبقي د . ني رت وق ة اختي ة للدراس ثالث
. وجبل حميره هه وجبل غرفقطاعات إستراتجرافيه بمناطق جبل جني
:الطبقات
ل غر مناطق جبل جنيفه في المنكشف البحرييمثل التتابع االستراتجرافى للميوسين ه وجب
وق الرواسب تراجعي - يتقدمميره بتتابع حوجبل ة ويرسو ف ة القاري االوليجوسين زمن ل التابع
. بعدم توافق بينهما
12́ ˝20 وخطى عرض ˚30 22́ ˝30 ، ˚32 20́ ˝30يقع بين خطى طول : جبل جنيفه -1
ابع لعصر االي ˚30 13́ ˝20 ، ˚30 رى الت ر الجي ين الحج ق وينحصر ب ين وطري وس
. متر97.1 بورسعيد االسفلتى ، ويمثل فى قطاع الدراسة بسمك –السويس
10́ ˝30 وخطى عرض ˚32 18́ ˝00 ، ˚32 17́ ˝00يقع بين خطى طول : جبل غره -2
د ˚30 12́ ˝00 ، ˚30 ى بع ع عل و يق د 13 وه ى بع ه وعل ل حنيف ر غرب جب و مت آيل
شمالية 13 ة ال ى الجه ر ف و مت د ، ويم آيل ل عويب ن جب شرقية م ة ث ال اع الدراس ى قط ل ف
. متر141.7بسمك
ره -3 ل حمي ين خطى طول : جب ع ب ˝12 وخطى عرض ˚32 13́ ˝20 ، ˚32 11́ ˝00يق
ه وهو يقع إلى الشمال من جبل ˚30 03́ ˝18 ، ˚30 02́ شرقى عناق وب ال ى الجن وال
. متر110.9 من جبل عويبد ، ويمثل فى قطاع الدراسة بسمك
اطق في وتتكون رواسب الميوسين السفلى ي من حجر الدراسة من ي رمل مع و حجر طين
سفلى . الرملي الجيريالقليل من الحجر الحجر ( وهذه الرواسب تختلف عن رواسب الميوسين ال
س ) 1966 وعبدا لهادى عبد اهللا ( ون السادات تك بم الممثلة ) الطحلبي الجيري اع ت ميه ولهذا تم إتب
.الدراسة منطقه فيلرواسب الميوسين السفلى ) 1971سعيد ( همتكون غر
ه أحجار جيريه من األوسط تتكون رواسب الميوسين أخرى ناحيةومن طباشيرية وشعا بي
صخورالرمليه ة وال صخور الطيني ن ال ل م ستر والقلي ض االوي ع بع ه م ضًا . وطحلبي ذه وأي ه
لملخص العربى ا
2
س في الرواسب تختلف ه لمتكون حماص ته الفتا نح سحنتها عن ال دالهادى ( ي داهللا وعب )1966عب
جنيفه بمتكون األوسط للميوسين التابعة الرواسب تسميه تم ولهذا السادات منطقه فى
).1990سعيد ( إتباعًا
:الحفريات
رة الالفقارية من الحفريات ًا نوع 62 تم وصف وتعريف ات ، محا 40 ( الكبي ع 16ري قواق
ذه تنتمي) قنفذيات 6، واع ه ة األن ى المعرف ه 26 ، جنس 34( إل م . )عائل د ت ع دراسة وق التوزي
ذه الجغرافي واع القديم والحديث له ة الدراسة وأوضحت األن . البحر المتوسط – االطلنطى هوي
. للقليل منهاالهندي – الهادي هوية إلىهذا باالضافه
: الزمنية ية الحيويةالطبق
ظ خاصة د الحف رى جي وى الحف ى المحت ادًا عل ة اعتم ات حيوي تة نطاق ى س م التعرف عل ت
Pctininds النطاقات من االحدث إلى االقدم والمتواجدة بأعداد وفيرة وهذه :
6- Chlamys (Argopecten) submalvinae zone.
5- Chlamys(Macrochlamis) sardoa zone.
4- Pecten (Pecten) cristato-costatus zone.
3- Pecten (Flabellipecten) flabelliformis zone.
2- Pecten(Pecten) ziziniae zone.
1- Chlamys gentoni zone.
وى سفليه والمحت ه وال سمك والحدود العلوي وقد تم دراسة نوع النطاق وقطاع الدراسة وال
الحفرى واالسطح الفاصلة والعمر لكل من النطاقات الستة
:الطبقية الزمنية
:لدراسة الى مرحلتين زمنيتين هما سيم صخور الميوسين بمنطقة اقتم ت
ر -1 ين المبك ره :الميوس ون غ ل بمتك ى الثالث( ممث ةةف ات المدروس ر ) قطاع ذات العم
ر ين المبك ة الميوس رة ذات هوي ات الكبي ن الحفري وى م ى المحت ادًا عل الى إعتم البردج
Pectinids وخصوصًا ال
لملخص العربى ا
3
ى –ممثل بمتكون جنيفه ذات العمر الالنغي : الميوسين االوسط -2 ادًا عل سيرافالى إعتم ال
ات والقواق رى من المحاري وى الحف ى المحت ورامينفرا ف ة والطحالب والف ذ البحري ع والقناف
القطاعات الثالثة المدروسة
:ات الترسيبئالسحن الدقيقه وبي
م عمل ًاًا قطاع49ت ات رقيق ثال للعين ة الصخرية ومم ة من القطاعات المجمع محل الثالث
ة سيمات الدراس دت تق د اعتم م وق ان 1962 دنه رى وآلوف افه 1972 وام ىباالض وإل ملى بل
رين د 1982 فلوجلو 1962 وآخ ة فق ار الرملي ا األحج ة، أم ار الجيري صنيف سحن األحج ى ت ف
ة ومن خالل فحص القطاعات . 1975وبيتجون 1962 ، 1959أتبعت أعمال فولك م الرقيق د ت فق
: سحنيًا إلىالمدروسةتقسيم الصخور
ر -1 ات الحج ريقطاع ل الجي ات % 55 وتمث ن القطاع ةم ضم المدروس هأ وت حنات ربع س
سيه ه رئي والتي (wackestone, packstone , grainstone and framestone) هي رقيق
قيقه فرعيه ر عشرة سحن إلىتنقسم بدورها
ل -2 ه وتمث ات الفتاتي ات % 45القطاع ن القطاع ةم الحجر المدروس ه ب ي وممثل ر الرمل والحج
.قيقه رالطفلى وتم تصنيفها فى خمس سحنات
ة الدراسات أدتد وق سحنيه الحقلي ة وال ابع المدروس والحفري سيم التت ى فى تق سحنتين إل ال
:ينتالرسوبيتين التالي
: السحنة الفتاتية -1
ه مكون غره وتوجد في أسفل التتابع ممثله بمتكون سطح تعري ل ب سفلى يمث حيث حدها ال
م حجر طيني متطبق من حجر رملي آونجلوميراتى يليه لألعلى أحجار رملية معكوس ة التطبق ث
ة ى األحجار روالجزء العلوي منها يحتوى على أحجار جيري ستر باإلضافة إل ة وشعاب األوي ملي
ة وا ة الطيني ل .لرملي ة مث ات الالفقاري ن الحفري ر م ى الكثي سحنة عل ذه ال خور ه وى ص وتحت
0والقواقع متوسطه إلى رديئة الحفظ البحرية المحاريات والقنافذ
ري وعلى وى حف أساس ما تحتويه هذه السحنة الرسوبية الفتاتية من تراآيب رسوبية ومحت
راوح من تقد ه رغقيق فأن متكون ر وسحني ى م رسب في بيئة تت سفلى إل د في الجزء ال سطح الم
.بيئة شعابية ذات طاقة أمواج عالية في الجزء العلوي
لملخص العربى ا
4
: السحنة الجيرية -2
ه ب ابع ممثل ى التت ي أعل د ف ى صخور وتوج ة عل و متوافق ث ترس ه حي ون جنيف . هرغمتك
ن أ ا م ون أساس ن حجوتتك ر م ة والكثي ب الحيوي ن التراآي ر م ا الكثي ق به ميكة التطب ة س ار جيري
رة يالحفريات خصوصا األويستر والطحالب المرجانية والفورام داخل مع األحجار . نفرا الكبي ويت
0الجيرية األحجار الطينية رقيقة التطبق
ة وسحن وعل ة الرسوبية من تراآيب رسوبية أولي سحنة الجيري ذه ال ه ه ى أساس ما تحتوي
ات ى ال قيقة وحفريات أمكن التعرف على بيئة ترسيب متكون جنيفة وه ر ات رصيفيه جون مع بيئ
.ني في الجزء العلوي من المتكون قليلة األمواج تناسب ترسيب الحجر الطي مديهتحت
الزقازيقةجامع العلومة آلي
قسم الجيولوجيا
ة وحفرية لبعض رواسب الميوسين بمنطقطباقية السويس بمصر–القاهرة
منةرسالة مقدم
أحمد عيد موافي
الجيولوجيا فيم العلوماجستير ةلحصول على درج الستكمال متطلبات ا
اقسم الجيولوجي
العلومةآلي
الزقازيقةجامع
2006
الزقازيقةجامع العلومة آلي
قسم الجيولوجيا
: العنوان ـــــــــــــــ
السويس بمصر- القاهرةة وحفرية لبعض رواسب الميوسين بمنطقاقيةطب
: أسم الطالب ــــــــــــــــــــ
د أحمد موافى أحمد عي
:ة المؤهالت العلمي ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
1986 بكالوريوس علوم فى الجيولوجيا عام
:اإلشراف ة لجن ــــــــــــــــــــــــ
ستاذ الطبقات والحفريات ورئيس قسم أ: د عزت عبدالشافى محمد . أ الزقازيق جامعة - الجيولوجيا
قسمأستاذ الطبقات والحفريات : السروجي صبريد عبدالباسط .أ الزقازيق جامعة– الجيولوجيا
قسم –مدرس الطبقات والحفريات : محمد عبدالمنعم محمد يوسف . د الزقازيقجامعة – الجيولوجيا